Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Steels Explained PDF
Steels Explained PDF
Steel classification
Lucefin
Comparison tables
EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA
Group AISI
EN UNI GB DIN AFNOR BS GOST SAE
Non-alloy structural steels
S235JR S235JR Fe 360 BFN Q235B RSt 37-2 40 B St3sp
1.0038
S235J2 S235J2 Fe 360 D Q235A St 37-3 U E 24-4 40 D St3ps A 414 g A
1.0116
S275JR S275JR Fe 430 B Q255A St 44-2 E 28-2 43 B St4ps A283 g D
1.0044
S275J0 S275J0 Fe 430 C St 44-3 U E 28-3 43 C
1.0143
S355J0 S355J0 Fe 510 C St 52-3 U E 36-3 50 C St4sp A441
1.0553
S355J2 S355J2 Fe 510 D St 52-3 N 50 D 17G1S A 350 LF2
1.0553
E295 E295 Fe 490 Q275 St 50-2 A 50-2 St5ps
1.0050
E335 E335 Fe 590 HRB335 St 60-2 A 60-2 St6ps
1.0060
Technical card
S235JR
Quality S235JR
According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Trafilix
Number 1.0038 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max max max max
0.17 c) 1.40 0.035 0.035 0.012 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
0.19 c) 1.50 0.045 0.045 0.014 b) 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted.
S235JR n 1.0122 P% - S% max 0.040 cast analysis
c) for nominal thickness > 40 mm to 100 mm max 0.20 of ladle / 0.23 of the product;
for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020%
b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1200-850 Natural 690-720 furnace C% Mn% Si%
(HB max 140) ~ 0.10 ~ 0.50 ~ 0.20
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and Tempering and Tempering relieving not demanded slow cooling
920 air 920 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
540-650 air 540-665 air temp. of tempering 725 880 480 260
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S235JR 1.0038
Testing at room temperature
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 360-510 16 235 3 40 26 24 104-154
3 100 360-510 16 40 225 40 63 25 23 104-154
100 150 350-500 40 63 215 63 100 24 22 103-152
150 250 340-490 63 80 215 100 150 22 22 100-149
80 100 215 150 250 21 21
Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 100 150 195 from to Kv + 20 C J min d)
E long. G tang. 150 200 185 150 27
198000 76000 200 250 175 150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. The impact properties are verified only when specified in the order
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 S235JRC 1.0122 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R e) Rp 0.2 e) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 f) 10 470-840 355 8 141-250
10 16 420-770 300 9 125-231
16 40 390-730 260 10 114-224 360-510 102-140
40 63 380-670 235 11 110-203 360-510 102-140
63 100 360-640 215 11 104-198 360-510 102-140
e) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2
and tensile strength can be 10% Temperature E long. G tang.
f) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before 20 C 170000 65000
order placement.
Values valid also for +C +SL
10 Part two Non-alloy structural steels
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
S235JR Fe 360 B Q235B RSt 37-2 40 B St3sp A 252
Part two Non-alloy structural steels 11
Technical card
S235J2
Quality S235J2
According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Trafilix
Number 1.0117 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max max max
0.17 a) 1.40 0.025 0.025 0.40 Cast analysis
0.19 a) 1.50 0.035 0.035 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FF fully killed steel
a) for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
Temperature in C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1200-850 Natural 690 air C% Mn% Si%
~ 0.10 ~ 0.50 ~ 0.20
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and tempering and tempering relieving not demanded slow cooling
920 air 920 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
540-650 air 540-665 air temp. of tempering 725 880 480 260
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S235J2 1.0117
Testing at room temperature, impact 20C
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 360-510 16 235 3 40 26 24 104-154
3 100 360-510 16 40 225 40 63 25 23 104-154
100 150 350-500 40 63 215 63 100 24 22 103-152
150 250 340-490 63 80 215 100 150 22 22 100-149
250 400 330-480 80 100 215 150 250 21 21 94-146
100 150 195 250 400 21 21
150 200 185 from to Kv 20 C J min b)
200 250 175 150 27
250 400 165 150 250 27
250 400 27
b) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
S235J2 appr. Fe 360 D Q235A appr. St 37-3 U appr. E 24-4 appr. 40 D St3ps-5 appr. A 515
S275JR 12 Part two Non-alloy structural steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max max max max
0.21 c) 1.50 0.035 0.035 0.012 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
0.24 c) 1.60 0.045 0.035 0.014 b) 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FF rimming steel not permitted.
c) maximum 0.22 ladle analysis, max 0.25 product analysis for thickness > 40 mm to 100 mm;
for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020%
b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1150-850 Natural 650-700 air C% Mn% Si%
0.19 0.65
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and tempering and tempering relieving not demanded slow cooling
880-900 air 860-900 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
550-660 air 550-660 air temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S275JR 1.0044
Testing at room temperature Kv + 20C
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 430-580 16 275 3 40 23 21 128-172
3 100 410-560 16 40 265 40 63 22 20 122-162
100 150 400-540 40 63 255 63 100 21 19 119-158
150 250 380-540 63 80 245 100 150 19 19 110-158
80 100 235 150 250 18 18
Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 100 150 225 from to Kv + 20 C J min d)
E long. G tang. 150 200 215 10 150 27
210000 80000 200 250 205 150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. The impact properties are verified only when specified in the order
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSIA USA AISI/SAE
S275JR Fe 430 B Q255A St 44-2 E 28-2 43 B St4kp-2 1020
Part two Non-alloy structural steels 13
Technical card
S275J0
Quality S275J0
According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Trafilix
Number 1.0143 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max max max max
0.18 c) 1.50 0.040 0.040 0.009 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
0.21 c) 1.60 0.050 0.050 0.011 b) 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted.
c) max 0.20 ladle analysis, max 0,22 product analysis for thickness > 150 mm;
for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020%
b) ithe max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1200-850 Natural 690 air
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and tempering and tempering relieving not demanded slow cooling
920 air 920 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
540-650 air 540-665 air temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S275J0 1.0143
Testing at room temperature Kv 0C
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 430-580 16 275 3 40 23 21 128-172
3 100 410-560 16 40 265 40 63 22 20 122-162
100 150 400-540 40 63 255 63 100 21 19 119-158
150 250 380-540 63 80 245 100 150 19 19 110-158
80 100 235 150 250 18 18
100 150 225 from to Kv 0 C J min d)
150 200 215 10 150 27
200 250 205 150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
S275J0 Fe 430 C St 44-3 U E 28-3 43 C
14 Part two Non-alloy structural steels
Technical card
S355J0
Quality S355J0
According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Trafilix
Number 1.0553 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max max max max max
0.20 c) 0.55 1.60 0.030 0.030 0.012 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
0.23 c) 0.60 1.70 0.040 0.040 0.014 b) 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted.
c) max 0.22 by ladle analysis, max 0.24 of the product for thickness > 30 mm to 100 mm;
for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020%
b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1100-850 Natural 700 air C% Mn% Si%
~ 0.18 ~ 1.20 ~ 0.30
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and tempering and tempering relieving 100 slow cooling
920 air 880-900 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
550-650 air 550-650 air temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S355J0 1.0553
Testing at room temperature Kv 0C
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 510-680 16 355 3 40 22 20 154-208
3 100 470-630 16 40 345 40 63 21 19 141-192
100 150 450-600 40 63 335 63 100 20 18 135-178
150 250 450-600 63 80 325 100 150 18 18 135-178
80 100 315 150 250 17 17
100 150 295
150 200 285 from to Kv 0 C J min d)
200 250 275 10 150 27
150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
S355J0 Fe 510 C St 52-3 U E 36-3 50 C
S355J2 Part two Non-alloy structural steels 15
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max max max max max
0.20 a) 0.55 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.40 Cast analysis
0.23 a) 0.60 1.70 0.035 0.035 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FF fully killed steel.
S355J2 n 1.0579 P% - S% max 0.030 cast analysis
a) max 0.22 by ladle analysis, max 0.24 of the product for thickness > 30 mm to 100 mm;
for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1100-850 Natural 700 air C% Mn% Si%
(HB max 180) ~ 0.18 ~ 1.20 ~ 0.30
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and tempering and tempering relieving 100 slow cooling
920 air 880-900 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
550-650 air 550-650 air temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S355J2 1.0577
Testing at room temperature Kv 20C
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 510-680 16 355 3 40 22 20 154-208
3 100 470-630 16 40 345 40 63 21 19 141-192
100 150 450-600 40 63 335 63 100 20 18 135-178
150 250 450-600 63 80 325 100 150 18 18 135-178
250 400 450-600 80 100 315 150 250 17 17 135-178
100 150 295 250 400 17 17
Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 150 200 285 from to Kv 20 C J min b)
E long. G tang. 200 250 275 150 27
220000 84000 250 400 265 150 250 27
250 400 27
b) For sections with a nominal thickness >100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 S355J2C 1.0579 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min reference only N/mm2
5 d) 10 630-950 520 6 192-286
10 16 580-880 450 7 172-263
16 40 530-850 350 8 156-253 470-630 146-187
40 63 500-770 335 9 152-231 470-630 146-187
63 100 470-740 315 9 141-224 470-630 146-187
c) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
d) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
S355J2 Fe 510 D St 52-3 N 50 D 17G1SSD A350LF2
E295 Part two Non-alloy structural steels 17
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max
0.045 0.045 0.009 a) Cast analysis
0.055 0.055 0.014 b) Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted.
a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020%
b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1150-850 Natural 700 air 850 furnace cooling to C% Mn% Si%
650, after air ~ 0.30 ~ 0.60 ~ 0.30
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and tempering and tempering relieving 100 slow cooling
880 air 860 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
540-650 air 550-650 air temp. of tempering 730 810 400 180
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 E295 1.0050 (A normalization treatment is advised)
Testing at room temperature
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 490-660 16 295 3 40 20 18 149-202
3 100 470-610 16 40 285 40 63 19 17 141-183
100 150 450-610 40 63 275 63 100 18 16 135-183
150 250 440-610 63 80 265 100 150 16 15 132-183
80 100 255 150 250 15 14
100 150 245 from to Kv + 20 C J min
150 200 235 10 150
200 250 225 150 250
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 E295GC 1.0533 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2
5 d) 10 650-950 510 6 200-286
10 16 600-900 420 7 178-271
16 40 550-850 320 8 159-253 470-610 140-181
40 63 520-770 300 9 155-231 470-610 140-181
63 100 470-740 255 9 141-224 470-610 140-181
c) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
d) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
E295 Fe 490 Q275 St 50-2 A 50-2 S15ps-2
18 Part two Non-alloy structural steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max
0.045 0.045 0.012 a) Cast analysis
0.055 0.055 0.014 b) Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted.
a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020%
b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1100-850 Natural 690 air 820 furnace cooling to C% Mn% Si%
660, after air ~ 0.40 ~ 0.60 ~ 0.30
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and tempering and tempering relieving 250 slow cooling
870 air 840 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
550-650 air 550-650 air temp. of tempering 730 780 360 140
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 E335 1.0060 (A normalization treatment is advised)
Testing at room temperature
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 590-770 16 335 3 40 16 14 176-231
3 100 570-710 16 40 325 40 63 15 13 169-218
100 150 550-710 40 63 315 63 100 14 12 159-218
150 250 540-710 63 80 305 100 150 12 11 158-218
80 100 295 150 250 11 10
100 150 275 from to Kv + 20 C J min
150 200 265 10 150
200 250 255 150 250
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 E335GC 1.0543 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min reference only N/mm2
5 d) 10 700-1050 540 5 213-319
10 16 680-970 480 6 208-293
16 40 640-930 390 7 198-278 570-710 169-211
40 63 620-870 340 8 190-260 570-710 169-211
63 100 570-810 295 8 169-243 570-710 169-211
c) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
d) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
E335 Fe 590 HRB335 St 60-2 A 60-2 St6ps-2
FREE-CUTTING STEELS
Technical card
11SMn30
Quality 11SMn30
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0715 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.14 0.05 0.90-1.30 0.11 0.27-0.33
0.02 + 0.01 0.04 + 0.02 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680 (880-950) (770-810) (180-200)
air
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
11SMn30 CF 9SMn28 9SMn28 S250 230M07 1214
Part two Free-cutting steels 21
Technical card
11SMnPb30
Quality 11SMnPb30
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0718 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.14 0.05 0.90-1.30 0.11 0.27-0.33 0.20-0.35
0.02 + 0.01 0.04 + 0.02 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680 (880-950) (770-810) (180-200)
air
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 10 380-570 112-169
10 16 380-570 112-169 Not suitable for heat treatment
16 40 380-570 112-169
40 63 370-570 109-169
63 100 360-520 107-154
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
11SMnPb30 CF 9SMnPb28 Y15Pb 9SMnPb28 S250Pb (AS14) 12L14
22 Part two Free-cutting steels
Technical card
11SMn37
Quality 11SMn37
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0736 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.14 0.05 1.00-1.50 0.11 0.34-0.40
0.02 + 0.01 0.06 + 0.02 0.04
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680
air
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 10 380-570 112-169
10 16 380-570 112-169 Not suitable for heat treatment
16 40 380-570 112-169
40 63 370-570 109-169
63 100 360-520 107-154
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
11SMn37 CF 9SMn36 9SMn36 S300
Part two Free-cutting steels 23
Technical card
11SMnPb37
Quality 11SMnPb37
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0737 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.14 0.05 1.00-1.50 0.11 0.34-0.40 0.20-0.35
0.02 + 0.01 0.06 + 0.02 0.04 + 0.03 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680
air
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 10 380-570 112-169
10 16 380-570 112-169 Not suitable for heat treatment
16 40 380-570 112-169
40 63 370-570 109-169
63 100 360-520 107-154
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
11SMnPb37 CF 9SMnPb36 9SMnPb36 S300Pb 12L14
24 Part two Free-cutting steels
Technical card
10SPb20
Quality 10SPb20
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0722 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.07-0.13 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25 0.20-0.35
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03-0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 690 880-980 770-810 180
(HB max 160) air water, oil, polymer 200
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 10 360-530 107-156 No indications are shown in the reference standards
10 16 360-530 107-156
16 40 360-530 107-156
40 63 360-530 107-156
63 100 350-490 105-146
Modulus elasticity Thermal conductivity Specific heat capacity Density Melting temperature
N/mm2 W/(mK) J/(kgK) kg/dm3 C
200000 47 440 7.85 1500-1540
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
10SPb20 CF 10SPb20 10SPb20 10PbF2 11L08
Part two Free-cutting steels 25
Technical card
35SPb20
Quality 35SPb20
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0756 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25 0.15-0.35
0.03 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1230-950 680
air
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
860 840 890 oil or 540-680 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer air
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 10 550-720 159-223 630-780 430 15 192-232
10 16 550-700 159-213 630-780 430 15 192-232
16 40 520-680 154-201 600-750 380 16 178-225
40 63 520-670 154-198 550-700 320 17 159-213
63 100 500-650 149-193 550-700 320 17 159-213
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH
Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2
5 b) 10 640-880 480 6 198-263
10 16 590-830 400 7 176-249
16 40 560-800 360 8 162-240 520-680 154-201
40 63 530-760 340 9 156-226 520-670 154-198
63 100 510-680 300 9 154-208 500-650 149-193
a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 b) 10 700-900 490 9 213-271
10 16 700-900 490 11 213-271
16 40 600-750 380 16 178-225 650-850 455 12 200-253
40 63 550-700 320 17 159-213 570-770 400 13 169-231
63 100 550-700 320 17 159-213 550-750 385 14 159-225
c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
35SPb20 35SPb20
26 Part two Free-cutting steels
Technical card
36SMn14
Quality 36SMn14
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0764 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 1.30-1.70 0.06 0.10-0.18
0.03 + 0.03 0.06 + 0.008 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680 850-900 770-810 180-200
(HB 163-222) air water, oil, salt bath
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling 710 770 345 130
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 10 580-770 172-231 700-850 480 14 213-253
10 16 580-770 172-231 700-850 460 14 213-253
16 40 560-750 166-222 670-820 420 15 203-246
40 63 560-740 166-219 640-790 400 16 198-237
63 100 550-740 163-219 570-720 360 17 169-223
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH
Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2
5 b) 10 660-960 500 6 202-290
10 16 620-920 440 6 190-275
16 40 600-900 390 7 178-271 560-750 166-222
40 63 580-840 360 8 172-250 560-740 166-219
63 100 560-820 340 9 162-246 550-740 163-219
a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 b) 10 750-1000 525 6 225-298
10 16 740-990 520 6 224-297
16 40 670-820 420 15 203-246 720-970 505 8 223-293
40 63 640-790 400 16 198-237 680-930 475 9 208-278
63 100 570-720 360 17 169-223 580-840 405 9 172-250
c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
36SMn14 35SMn10 36SMn14 36SMn14
Part two Free-cutting steels 27
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 1.30-1.70 0.06 0.10-0.18 0.15-0.35
0.03 + 0.03 0.06 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680 850-900 770-810 180-200
(HB 163-222) air water, oil, salt bath
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling 710 770 345 130
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered EN 10087: 2000
PTesting at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 10 580-770 172-231 700-850 480 14 213-253
10 16 580-770 172-231 700-850 460 14 213-253
16 40 560-750 166-222 670-820 420 15 203-246
40 63 560-740 162-219 640-790 400 16 198-237
63 100 550-740 163-219 570-720 360 17 169-223
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH
Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2
5 b) 10 660-960 500 6 202-290
10 16 620-920 440 6 190-275
16 40 600-900 390 7 178-271 560-750 166-222
40 63 580-840 360 8 172-250 560-740 166-219
63 100 560-820 340 9 162-246 550-740 163-219
a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm 2 2
N/mm min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 b) 10 750-1000 525 6 225-298
10 16 740-990 520 6 224-297
16 40 670-820 420 15 203-246 720-970 505 8 223-293
40 63 640-790 400 16 198-237 680-930 475 9 208-278
63 100 570-720 360 17 169-223 580-840 405 9 172-250
c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
36SMnPb14 35SMnPb10 36SMnPb14 35MF6Pb (AS35G2)
28 Part two Free-cutting steels
Technical card
46S20
Quality 46S20
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0727 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.42-0.50 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25
0.03 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680
air
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
860 840 860 oil or 540-680 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer air
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 10 590-800 176-240 700-850 490 12 213-253
10 16 590-780 175-232 700-850 490 12 213-253
16 40 590-760 175-225 650-800 430 13 200-240
40 63 580-730 172-216 630-780 370 14 192-232
63 100 560-710 166-211 630-780 370 14 192-232
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH
Values valid also for +C + SL Values valid also for +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R a) Rp 0.2a) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2
5 b) 10 740-980 570 5 224-295
10 16 690-930 470 6 210-278
16 40 640-880 400 7 198-263 590-760 175-225
40 63 610-850 380 8 183-253 580-730 172-216
63 100 580-820 340 8 172-246 560-710 166-211
a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 b) 10 850-1000 595 8 253-298
10 16 800-950 560 9 240-286
16 40 650-800 430 13 200-240 700-850 490 10 213-253
40 63 630-780 370 14 192-232 700-850 490 11 213-253
63 100 630-780 370 14 192-232 650-850 455 11 200-253
c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
46S20 45S20 45MF4 1146
Part two Free-cutting steels 29
Technical card
46SPb20
Quality 46SPb20
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
Number 1.0757 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.42-0.50 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25 0.15-0.35
0.03 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1230-950 680
air
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
860 840 860 oil or 540-680 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer air
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 10 590-800 175-240 700-850 490 12 213-253
10 16 590-780 175-232 700-850 490 12 213-253
16 40 590-760 175-225 650-800 430 13 200-240
40 63 580-730 172-216 630-780 370 14 192-232
63 100 560-710 166-211 630-780 370 14 192-232
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH
Values valid also for +C + SL Values valid also for +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2
5 b) 10 740-980 570 5 224-295
10 16 690-930 470 6 210-278
16 40 640-880 400 7 198-263 590-760 175-225
40 63 610-850 380 8 183-253 580-730 172-216
63 100 580-820 340 8 172-246 560-710 166-211
a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 b) 10 850-1000 595 8 253-298
10 16 800-950 560 9 240-286
16 40 650-800 430 13 200-240 700-850 490 10 213-253
40 63 630-780 370 14 192-232 700-850 490 11 213-253
63 100 630-780 370 14 192-232 650-850 455 11 200-253
c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
46SPb20 45SPb20 46SPb20 41L50
CASE-HARDENING STEELS
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0,07-0,13 0,40 0,30-0,60 0,035 0,035
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
C 10R n 1.1207 S% 0.020-0.040 Deviations on the product 0.005
C10 n 1.0301 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-850 920 880-920 750-930 900-950 780-820 150
air water gas water 200
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
660-700 930 furnace Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to carburizing
650 after, air 100 Slow cooling
(HB max 131) (HB 100-150) (HB max 150) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
725 880 480* 220**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 540-930 345 12 35 158-278
30* 390-640 245 15 35 114-198
* The values of 30 are for information only.
32 Part two Case-hardening steels
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal Mod. of elasticity longitudinal Mod. of elasticity tangential
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 conductivity W/(mK) E N/mm2 a +20 C G N/mm2 a +20 C
450 7.86 65 200000 76760
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C10E C10 10 Ck10 XC10 045M10 10 1010
Part two Case-hardening steels 33
C10E
Heat Temperature (+ ...C) - min. values Fatigue behaviour
treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 600
+U 276 Cyclic yield strength, y
+N 245 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+U 0.10 Cyclic strength exponent, n
+N 0.14 low cycle fatigue
+U 505 Cyclic strength coefficient, K
+N 607 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+U 1245 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+N 657 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+U 0.14 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+N 0.90 low cycle fatigue
+U 14.08 Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf
+N 1.40 low cycle fatigue
+U 0.84 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
+N 0.62 low cycle fatigue
+U natural
+N normalized
C% Depth diagram
Carburizing at 930 C for 3 h in salt bath
1,00
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
% carbon
0,50
0,40
0,30
0,20
0,10
0,00
mm 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,09 0,10 0,11 0,12 0,13
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.12-0.18 0.40 0.30-0.60 0.035 0.035
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
C 15R n 1.1140 S% 0.020-0.040 Deviations on the product 0.005.
C15Pb Pb = 0.15-0.35
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-850 890-920 880-920 750-930 900-950 780-820 150
air water gas water 200
Soft Isothermal Intermediate Natural Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing welding after welding
690 930 furnace 650-700 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to air carburizing
650 after, air 100 Slow cooling
(HB max 143) (HB 115-145) (HB 170) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
725 880 460* 220**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 740-1180 440 9 22.5 224-354
30* 540-780 295 13 30 158-232
* The values of 30 are for information only.
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C15E C15 15 Ck15 XC12 15 1015
C16E 36 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.12-0.18 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.035 0.035
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
C 16R n 1.1208 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005.
C16Pb Pb = 0.15-0.35
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-850 890-920 880-920 740-930 900-950 780-820 150
air water gas water 200
Soft Isothermal Intermediate Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing welding after welding
650-700 910 furnace Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to carburizing
650 after, air 100 Slow cooling
(HB max 156) (HB 120-148) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
725 850 450* 230**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving
UNI 5331: 1964. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
test blanks R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
25 700-1100 450 7 44 213-331
Part two Case-hardening steels 37
Forged properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 5331: 1964. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kv L HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min for inform.
25 700-1100 450 7 44 213-331
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C16E C15 XC18 080M15 1015
38 Part two Case-hardening steels
Technical card
XC18
Quality XC18
According to standards NF A 35-551: 1986 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.16-0.22 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 0.035 0.035
0.01 + 0.02 0.03 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Can be supplied with the addition of sulphur S = 0.020-0.040%
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.25% XC 18 Pb
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-850 875-900 870-910 750-930 880-930 770-810 150
air water gas water 200
Soft Isothermal Intermediate Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing welding after welding
700 880 furnace Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to carburizing
(HB max 160) 650 after, air 100 Slow cooling
Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
730 845 440 220
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties, normalized condition NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 410-490 255 28 45 122-149
16 40 400-490 245 27 45 119-149
40 100 390-490 225 26 42.5 114-149
100 160 380-480 215 25 40 110-146
160 250 370-480 205 24 40 108-146
Hot-rolled mechanical properties, quenched and tempered condition after carburizing NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min reference only
16 880-1270 600 8 20 263-373
16 40 690-1030 480 12 30 210-311
Part two Case-hardening steels 39
Forged quenched and tempered after carburizing NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kv L HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min for inform.
16 880-1270 600 8 20 263-373
16 40 690-1030 480 12 30 210-311
L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C16E C20 Ck22 XC18 070M20 1016
16MnCr5 40 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.14-0.19 0.40 1.00-1.30 0.025 0.035 0.80-1.10
0.02 + 0.03 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05
16MnCrS5 n 1.7139 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35%
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-850 880 860-900 750-930 900-950 810-840 oil, 150
air oil, polymer, gas polymer, salt 200
(HB 138-187) salt bath bath (160-250 C)
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing +A annealing test welding after welding
750-770 slowly 870 furnace 730-750 furnace 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
15 C/h cooling to cooling 50 C/h to water carburizing
until 680 pause 650 after, air 680 pause 150-350 600 furnace cooling
after slowly 400, cooling to 400 Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
pause, after, air after, air ** carb. surface
(HB max 207) (HB 156-207) (HB 140-187) 740 840 400* 200**
Transformation annealing +FP As-rolled Stress relieving
950-1000 quick cooling to 630-650 holding about 3 h 600-620
after, air (HB140-187) (HB max 230)
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 1030-1370 735 8 25 311-394
30* 740-1030 490 9 25 224-311
63* 640-930 440 10 25 198-278
* The values of 30 and 63 are for information only.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 870 C in oil
HB 390 385 385 385 385 381 376 362 348 319 286 240 213 200
HRC 42 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 41 40.5 39 37.5 34 30 22.5
R N/mm2 1340 1335 1330 1330 1320 1300 1260 1210 1150 1050 950 800 700 650
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1020 1060 1110 1140 1145 1140 1110 1070 1010 930 830 710 620 560
A % 12.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.0 12.0 12.5 13.0 14.0 15.5 17.5 20.0 23.0 25.5
C % 52.0 52.0 53.0 54.0 55.0 57.0 59.0 61.0 63.0 64.0 68.0 72.0 75.0
Kv J 42 46 46 45 42 40 42 62 90 124 135 155 180 194
HRC carburized 64 63 62 60.5 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Part two Case-hardening steels 41
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
16MnCr5 16MnCr5 15CrMn 16MnCr5 16MC 16HG 5115
20MnCr5 42 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.17-0.22 0.40 1.10-1.40 0.025 0.035 1.00-1.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 + 0.05
20MnCrS5 n 1.7149 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35%
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-850 860-880 860-900 750-930 880-930 810-840 150
air oil, polymer, gas oil, polymer 200
(HB 140-201) salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing +A annealing test welding after welding
750-770 slowly. 860 furnace 720-740 furnace 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
15 C/h to cooling to water carburizing
until 680 pause 650 after, air 680 pause 150-350 600 furnace cooling
after slowly 400 cooling to 300 Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
pause after air after, air ** carb. surface
(HB max 217) (HB 170-217) (HB 152-201) 730 830 390* 200**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 1230-1570 930 7 17.5 363-438
30* 930-1230 690 8 20 278-363
63* 780-1080 540 9 25 232-327
* The values of 30 and 63 are for information only.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 870 C in oil
HB 426 426 421 421 415 409 395 381 362 336 294 261 240 224
HRC 45.5 45.5 45 45 44.5 44 42.5 41 39 36 31 26.5 22.5
R N/mm2 1500 1500 1490 1480 1460 1430 1370 1300 1210 1100 980 875 795 740
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 1140 1190 1230 1240 1240 1220 1180 1090 960 850 750 670 600
A % 11.5 11.9 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.8 11.9 12.2 12.8 14.0 16.0 18.8 21.8 23.2
C % 48 49 50 52 53 55 56 58 60 62 64 67 70 72
Kv J 38 40 40 40 38 38 32 34 75 75 100 128 145 155
HRC carburized 64.5 64 63 60.5 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Part two Case-hardening steels 43
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
20MnCr5 20MnCr5 20CrMn 20MnCr5 20MC5 20HG 5120
17NiCrMo6-4 44 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.14-0.20 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.80-1.10 0.15-0.25 1.20-1.50
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
17NiCrMoS6-4 n 1.6569 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% or sulphur (S) max 0.10%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Hardening Stress Intermediate Carburizing
hardening carb. surface relieving annealing
1100-900 880 830-870 780-820 150 650-700 880-980
air oil, polymer oil, polymer 180 air
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Annealing Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +FP welding after welding
700 850 furnace 900-1000 880 Welding must be made on the annealed part
air cooling to water and before carburizing
650 after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 229) (HB 179-229) (HB 149-201) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
730 815 360* 180**
Mechanical properties
Mechanical properties for Hot forming according to standards Stalschlssel 2007
after hardening 850C oil + stress relieving 200C
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R min Rp 0.2 A% Kcu HB Lucefin experience
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min min Quenching 850C oil Tempering 200C air
16 1200 359 dim. R Rp 0.2 A Kv +20 C
16 40 1000 298 mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % J
40 100 900 271 60 1248 942 13.6 64-52-52
17NiCrMo6-4
EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min.
distance in mm from quenched end
mm 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 grades
min 40 40 37 34 30 28 27 26 24 23 22 21 H = normal
max 48 48 47 46 45 44 42 41 38 36 35 34 33
min 43 43 40 38 35 33 32 31 29 27 26 25 24 HH = restricted
max 48 48 47 46 45 44 42 41 38 36 35 34 33 scatter bands
min 40 40 37 34 30 28 27 26 24 23 22 21 HL = restricted
max 45 45 44 42 40 39 37 36 33 32 31 30 29 scatter bands
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
17NiCrMo6-4 17NiCrMo6-4 17HGN1M
18NiCrMo5 46 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.15-0.21 0.15-0.40 0.60-0.90 0.035 0.035 0.70-1.00 0.15-0.25 1.20-1.50
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% or sulphur (S) 0.020-0.035%
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1100-900 880 840-870 880-930 800-830 150-180
air oil, polymer oil, polymer
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Annealing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +FP test welding after welding
700 slowly 850 furnace 950-1000 850 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
15 C/h until 600 cooling to quick cooling water carburizing
after, air 650 after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 240) (HB 150-220) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
730 815 360* 180**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 1230-1520 980 8 30 363-432
30* 980-1270 735 9 32.5 295-373
63* 830-1130 635 10 35 249-339
* The values of 30 and 63 are for information only.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 415 415 415 409 404 395 381 362 344 327 301 271 237 218
HRC 44.5 44.5 44.5 44 43.5 42.5 41 39 37 35 32 28 22
R N/mm2 1460 1460 1450 1430 1400 1360 1300 1230 1150 1080 1000 900 790 710
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1070 1120 1170 1210 1210 1190 1150 1100 1040 960 860 790 700 610
A % 13.5 13.6 13.5 13.2 13.0 12.8 12.8 12.9 13.8 15.0 17.0 19.5 22.0 24.0
C % 57.0 58.0 59.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 61.0 63.0 65.0 68.0 72.0 74.0
Kv J 64 64 62 62 64 46 46 46 75 94 125 148 166 180
HRC carburized 64 63.5 62 60 59 56
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Part two Case-hardening steels 47
Testing after quenching, case hardened layer. Quenching 830C oil tempering 200C air
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
17NiCrMo6-4 18NiCrMo5 18NCD6 815M17 19HNM 4317
20NiCrMo2-2 48 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0,17-0,23 0,40 0,65-0,95 0,025 0,035 0,35-0,70 0,15-0,25 0,40-0,70
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
20NiCrMoS2-2 n 1.6526 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35%
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural state Normalizing Core Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1100-900 (HB max 230) 860-880 850-880 880-930 800-830 150
air oil, polymer oil, polymer 200
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Annealing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +FP test welding after welding
700 furnace cooling 850 furnace 950-1000 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part
10 C/h until 600 cooling to 650 quick cooling water and before carburizing
after, air after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 212) (HB 161-212) (HB 149-194) Ac1 Ac3 Ms *core
** carb. surface
735 820 380* 200**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks
after core hardening UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 1180-1570 930 7 27.5 354-438
30* 830-1130 590 10 30 249-339
63* 690-980 490 11 30 210-295
* The values of 30 and 63 are for information only.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 860 C in oil
HB 415 409 409 404 390 385 376 357 344 319 294 264 240 213
HRC 44.5 44 44 43.5 42 41.5 40.5 38.5 37 34 31 27 22.5
R N/mm2 1440 1430 1425 1410 1340 1335 1270 1200 1140 1050 975 885 800 700
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 1110 1160 1180 1180 1170 1135 1080 1025 950 870 785 700 600
A % 11.2 11.8 12.0 12.0 11.8 11.2 11.4 12.0 13.5 15.2 17.0 19.0 22.0 24.5
C % 51 52 53 54 55 56 60 61 62 63 65 67 72 74
Kv J 46 46 46 46 45 46 64 62 86 100 126 146 170 194
HRC carburized 64 63.5 62 60.5 59 57.5
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
20NiCrMo2-2 20NiCrMo2 20CrNiMo 21NiCrMo2 20NCD2 805M20 20HGNM 8620 appr.
750
As
HB 160
650
austenite + ferrite ferrite + carbides
50%
temperature C
400
Ms
M 50
M 90
300
time [s] 1 10 10 2 103 104 105 106
16NiCr4 50 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.13-0.19 0.40 0.70-1.00 0.025 0.035 0.60-1.00 0.80-1.10
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% 16NiCrS4 n 1.5715 sulphur (S) 0.020-0.040%
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request. Copper (Cu) max 0.40%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-900 870 840-880 750-930 870-950 810-840 150
air oil, polymer gas oil, polymer 200
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 860 furnace 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to water carburizing
650 after, air 250 550 furnace cooling
(HB max 217) (HB 166-217) (HB 156-207) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
735 825 380* 180**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 1080-1470 835 9 30 327-417
30 830-1130 590 10 32.5 249-339 reference only
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 400 395 395 395 390 381 371 353 336 301 271 240 224 210
HRC 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42 41 40 38 36 32 28 22.5
R N/mm2 1380 1370 1370 1360 1340 1310 1250 1180 1100 1010 900 800 730 690
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1020 1070 1100 1200 1200 1100 1070 1020 940 850 770 690 620 520
A % 13.0 13.0 13.2 13.2 13.4 13.6 13.8 14.2 15.5 17.0 19.2 22.0 24.0 25.0
C % 55 58 59 60 62 63 63 63 64 65 67 70 73 74
Kv J 66 66 66 64 64 46 45 46 75 110 135 170 196
HRC carburized 64 63 62 60 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Part two Case-hardening steels 51
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
16NiCr4 16CrNi4 15CrNi6 16NC4 637M17 16HGN 3215 appr.
16NiCr11 52 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.12-0.18 0.35 0.30-0.60 0.035 0.035 0.60-0.90 2.50-3.00
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1100-900 850 830-860 880-900 790-820 150
air oil, polymer oil, polymer 200
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680 820 furnace 850 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
furnace cooling to water carburizing
620 after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 235) (HB 160-200) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
**carb. surface
715 790 360* 170**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening UNI 5331
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform.
25 1127-1422 882 9 30 339-409
Quenching at 850-870 C in oil. Tempering at 150-180 C
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 840 C in oil
HB 400 395 395 395 390 381 371 353 336 301 271 240 224 224
HRC 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42 41 40 38 36 32 28 22.5
R N/mm2 1380 1375 1370 1365 1340 1310 1250 1180 1100 1000 900 800 740 730
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1000 1050 1100 1130 1130 1120 1080 1040 960 870 780 690 640 600
A % 14.2 13.8 13.6 13.4 13.4 13.6 13.8 14.2 15.8 17.2 20.0 24.0 25.5 25.0
C % 60 60 60 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 68 70 73 72
Kv J 75 75 75 68 66 54 46 45 64 82 126 155 194 186
HRC carburized 63.5 63 61.5 59 58 56
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Part two Case-hardening steels 53
16NiCr11
Cold-drawn Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
No indications are shown No indications are shown
in the reference standards in the reference standards
Temperature Mod. of elasticity Thermal expansion Variation of mechanical properties according to the
N/mm2 [(m/mK) 106 C1] thickness of quenched and tempered bars. Test at 1/2
radius. Trafilix experience
Testing at C E long. G tang. thickness R Rp 0.2 A
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 %
20 210000 80000 10 1330 930 15.8
100 205000 78000 11.1 20 1175 830 16.0
200 195000 75000 12.1 30 1135 715 16.4
300 185000 71000 12.9 40 960 645 16.6
400 50 900 590 16.8
500 165000 63000 14.1 60 860 570 17.5
70 840 550 18.8
80 830 540 19.6
90 820 535 20.0
100 810 520 21.4
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
16NiCr12 16NiCr11 12CrNi3 14NiCr10 16NC11 3415
16NiCrMo12 54 Part two Case-hardening steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.13-0.19 0.15-0.40 0.40-0.70 0.035 0.035 0.80-1.10 0.30-0.40 2.70-3.20
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1100-900 840 820-850 870-900 780-810 150
air oil, polymer oil, polymer 200
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680 810 furnace 850 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
furnace cooling to water carburizing
620 after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 250) (HB 190-236) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
710 780 330* 150**
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 1230-1520 980 9 32.5 363-432
30* 1080-1370 785 10 35 327-394
63* 980-1270 735 10 42.5 295-373
* The values of 30 and 63 are for information only.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 840 C in oil
HB 426 421 421 415 409 404 385 381 357 327 301 271 250
HRC 45.5 45 45 44.5 44 43.5 42.5 41 38.5 35 32 28 24.5
R N/mm2 1490 1480 1470 1460 1440 1420 1360 1300 1200 1090 1000 910 840
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1300 1320 1330 1320 1300 1260 1200 1140 1050 960 830 720
A % 12.0 12.0 11.8 11.2 10.4 10.0 10.6 11.5 12.8 14.6 16.8 20.0 21.8
C % 50 52 55 55 56 56 56 56 57 59 63 67 69
Kv J 42 43 46 66 66 46 42 42 46 76 100 128 126
HRC carburized 65 64.5 64 62 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Part two Case-hardening steels 55
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
14NiCrMo13-4 16NiCrMo12 16NCD13 16HN3M 9314
NITRIDING STEELS
34CrAlNi7-10 41CrAlMo7-10
Part two Nitriding steels 57
Technical card
34CrAlNi7-10
Quality 34CrAlNi7-10
According to standards UNI EN 10085: 2003 Trafilix
Number 1.8550 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Al% Ni%
max max max max
0,30-0,37 0,40 0,40-0,70 0,025 0,035 1,50-1,80 0,15-0,25 0,80-1,20 0,85-1,15
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.10 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching Tempering Nitrocarburizing Final stress
after machining relieving
1050-850 550-580 850-890 570-660 570-580 50 under the
air oil or polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Nitriding Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
650-700 500-520 900 300 550 furnace cooling
air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 730 775 340 125
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition UNI EN 10085: 2003
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv HB Surface hardness in
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min for information quenched and tempered
16 40 900-1100 680 10 30 271-331 and nitrided condition HV 1
40 100 850-1050 650 12 30 253-319
100 160 800-1000 600 13 35 240-298 950
160 250 800-1000 600 13 35 240-298
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 880 C in oil
HB 534 534 525 518 504 489 468 448 432 404 376 327 294 271
HRC 53.5 53.5 53 52.5 51.5 50.5 49 47.5 46 43.5 40.5 35 31 28
R N/mm2 1970 1970 1950 1900 1850 1800 1710 1620 1520 1400 1280 1090 980 900
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1440 1450 1520 1570 1550 1500 1440 1390 1300 1210 1100 970 820 700
A % 9.8 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.4 11.2 13.6 15.5 18.4
C % 38 40 43 43 42 40 39 40 43 45 50 57 63
Kcu J 12 14 14 12 11 9 8 7 9 12 20 32 52 78
Kv J 8 11 11 8 7 6 5 4 6 8 17 38 84 152
DVM J 18 24 24 18 16 15 14 13 15 18 33 55 88 132
Test tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
High-temperature strength
R N/mm2 840 780 760 790 700 580 350
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 620 590 580 560 480 410 220
A % 22 22 22 22 24 26 28
C % 68 70 68 64 76 80 88
Kv J 140 150 165 175 150 125 80
Test temperature C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
58 Part two Nitriding steels
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
34CrAlNi7-10 34CrAlNi7 24H2NMJu K52440
Technical card
41CrAlMo7-10
Quality 41CrAlMo7-10
According to standards UNI EN 10085: 2003 Trafilix
Number 1.8509 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Al%
max max max
0.38-0.45 0.40 0.40-0.70 0.025 0.035 1.50-1.80 0.20-0.35 0.80-1.20
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.10
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching Tempering Nitrocarburizing Final stress
after machining relieving
1050-950 550-570 870-930 580-700 570-580 50 under the
air oil or polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Nitriding Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
650-750 480-570 900 300 550 furnace cooling
air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 790 920 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition UNI EN 10085: 2003
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB Surface hardness in
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform. quenched and tempered and
16 40 950-1150 750 11 25 286-347 nitrided condition HV 1
40 100 900-1100 720 13 25 271-331
100 160 850-1050 670 14 30 253-319 950
160 250 800-1000 625 15 30 240-298
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 930 C in oil
HB 568 560 550 525 518 496 475 455 432 400 376 336 294 253
HRC 55.5 55 54.5 53 52.5 51 49.5 48 46 43 40.5 36 31 25
R N/mm2 2100 2060 2030 1950 1900 1820 1740 1630 1530 1400 1280 1110 980 850
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1300 1350 1480 1520 1510 1490 1450 1380 1300 1190 1080 940 800 700
A % 7.5 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.2 9.0 10.5 12.0 14.2 17.5 19.5
C % 28 28 35 38 39 39 38 37 39 44 51 56 60 64
Kv J 28 38 46 64 64 64 64 54 64 80 96 116 126 132
Test tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
High-temperature strength
R N/mm2 1010 960 900 880 830 700 500
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 860 800 740 700 620 580 300
A % 18 16 14 14 20 26 48
C % 58 58 52 56 74 80 90
Kv J 76 78 110 110 118 110 80
Test temperature C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Thermal expansion
[(m/mK)106 C1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 135 13.9
Test temperature C 20 200 20 200 20 300 20 400 20 500
60 Part two Nitriding steels
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
41CrAlMo7-10 41CrAlMo7 38CrMoA0 41CrAlMo7 40CAD6.12 905M39 40X2MI-O J24056-E71400
Nitriding Depth
Nitriding depht Hardness profiles
Hardness profiles
0.7 1200
Hardness HV
Nitriding depth HV 400 mm
1100
0.6
1000 41CrAIMo7-10
42CrMo4
41CrAIMo7-10 900
0.5 31CrMoV9
800 31CrMoV9
0.4 700
600
0.3 500
400 42CrMo4
0.2
300
0.1 200
100
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Nitriding time h Distance from surface mm
Nitriding depth 400 HV as function of the nitriding time. Variation of Hardness with distance from surface.
Plasma nitriding 510 C Plasma nitriding 510 C
STEELS FOR QUENCHING AND TEMPERING
Technical card
C22E
Quality C22E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1151 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0,17-0,24 0,40 0,40-0,70 0,030 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C22R n 1.1149 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1150-850 890-920 880 900 oil or 550-660 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural End quench Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing hardenability test welding after welding
700 880 furnace cooling not demanded slow cooling
air to 650 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 170) (HB max 160) (HB max 185) 730 840 440 220
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to over to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 430 240 24 128
16 100 16 100 410 210 25 122
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 500-650 340 20 50 152-200
16 40 8 20 470-620 290 22 50 50 141-190
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 30 mm after quenching at 880 C in water
HB 198 178 172 159 154
R N/mm2 640 600 580 550 510
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 390 370 350 320 300
A % 18 20 20 20 20
Z % 45 50 52 58 60
Tempering at C 450 500 550 600 650
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 63
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C22E C20 20 Ck22 XC18 070M20 20 1020
64 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Technical card
C30E
Quality C30E
According to standards EN 10083-1: 1998 Trafilix
Number 1.1178 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.27-0.34 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.035 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C30R n 1.1179 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1150-850 880 860 890 oil or 550-660 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 880 furnace cooling slow cooling
air to 650 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 190) (HB max 140-180) (HB max 210) 730 810 400 180
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod properties for normalized condition C30 1.0528 EN 10083-2: 1998. Reference only.
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 510 280 20 154
16 100 16 100 480 250 21 146
100 250 100 250 460 230 21 139
Hot-formed hot-rolled properties for quenched and tempered condition C30 1.0528 EN 10083-2: 1998
Reference only.
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 600-750 400 18 40 178-225
16 40 8 20 550-700 350 20 45 159-213
40 63 20 35 500-650 300 21 50 152-200
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, the 0.2% proof strength Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 860 C in water
HB 454 441 409 343 263 225
HRC 48 47 44 37 27 20
R N/mm2 1640 1580 1430 1140 880 750
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 600
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 65
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C30E C30 30 Ck30 XC32 080M30 30 1030
66 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Technical card
C35E
Quality C35E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1181 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
C35R n 1.1180 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%
C35 n 1.0501 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 880 850 880 oil or 540-680 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 840 furnace cooling 870 100 slow cooling
air to 650 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 210) (HB 140-195) (HB max 220) 730 795 380 160
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 550 300 18 159
16 100 16 100 520 270 19 155
100 250 100 250 500 245 19 152
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 630-780 430 17 40 192-232
16 40 8 20 600-750 380 19 45 35 178-225
40 100 20 60 550-700 320 20 50 35 159-213
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in water
HB 467 448 412 343 268 226
HRC 49 47.5 44 37 27.5 20
R N/mm2 1700 1610 1440 1140 890 760
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 600
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 67
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C35E C35 35 Ck35 XC38H1 080M36 35 1034
68 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
C35E
Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Thermal expansion
Testing at C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1]
20 210000 80000
100 205000 78000 11.1
200 195000 74000 12.1
250
300 185000 71000 12.9
350
400 175000 67000 13.5
500 13.9
600 155000 59000 14.1
+N normalized
+QT quenched an tempered
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 69
Technical card
XC38H1
Quality XC38H1
According to standards NF A 35-552: 1986 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max
0.35-0.40 0.15-0.35 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 0.02 0.03 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr < 0.40% Ni < 0.40% Mo <0.10 Permissible deviations on the product. Cr+Ni+Mo max 0.45%.
XC38Pb H1 Pb% 0.15-0.25 XC38S H1 S% 0.020-0.040 cast analysis 0.020-0.045 product analysis
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 850-875 835-865 880 oil or 550-650 50 C under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
695 830 furnace cooling 850 100 550 furnace cooling
air to 650 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 192) (HB 149-201) (HB max 230) 730 785 370 150
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition NF A 35-552:1986. Reference only.
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 16 570-670 335 21 30 169-203
16 40 16 40 560-660 315 20 30 162-202
40 100 40 100 540-640 285 20 27.5 158-198
100 160 100 160 520-620 275 19 25 155-190
160 250 160 250 500-600 265 18 25 152-178
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition NF A 35-552:1986. Reference only.
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 16 690-830 490 16 25 210-249
16 40 16 40 630-770 400 17 25 192-231
For mechanical properties of Cold-drawn, Peeled-Reeled and Ground products, please refer to the values of quality C35E.
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C35E C35 Ck35 XC38H1 080M36 38 1035
70 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Technical card
C40E
Quality C40E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1186 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.37-0.44 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C40R n 1.1189 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
C40 n 1.0511 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 840 860 oil or 550-650 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
690 820 furnace cooling 870 250 550 furnace cooling
air to 660 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 210) (HB 160-210) (HB max 235) 730 780 360 140
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 580 320 16 172
16 100 16 100 550 290 17 159
100 250 100 250 530 260 17 156
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 650-800 460 16 35 200-240
16 40 8 20 630-780 400 18 40 30 192-232
40 100 20 60 600-750 350 19 45 30 178-225
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 840 C in water
HB 560 550 525 496 461 426 390 357 319 275 243 213 202
HRC 55 54.5 53 51 48.5 45.5 42 38.5 34 28.5 23
R N/mm2 2070 2050 1950 1820 1670 1500 1350 1200 1050 920 800 700 660
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1600 1650 1640 1590 1500 1380 1240 1100 950 800 700 620 550
A % 6.0 8.4 10.2 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.2 16.0 19.0 24.0 26.2
C % 30 40 47 52 53 54 57 58 63 66 67
Kv J 10 12 14 14 18 24 38 38 45 66 94 124 126
Tempering at C 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 71
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C40E C40 40 Ck40 XC42H1 080M40 40 1040
72 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Technical card
C45E
Quality C45E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1191 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.42-0.50 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C45R n 1.1201 S% 0.020-0.040. Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
C45 n 1.0503 S% e P% max 0.045. Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 840 860 oil or 540-660 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding fter welding
690 cooling 10 C/h 810 furnace cooling 850 250 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air to 660 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 207) (HB 160-216) (~HB 169-245) 735 780 350 120
Mechanical properties
C45E C45R Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 620 340 14 190
16 100 16 100 580 305 16 172
100 250 100 250 560 275 16 162
C45E C45R Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 700-850 490 14 35 213-253
16 40 8 20 650-800 430 16 40 25 200-240
40 100 20 60 630-780 370 17 45 25 192-232
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, the 0.2% proof strength Rp 0.2.
60
A Hardness progression Table of tempering values at room
55 in bars quenched in water temperature for round 10 mm after
50 A = 13 mm quenching at 840 C in water
B B = 25 mm C HB HRC R N/mm2
45
C = 50 mm 100 615 58 2330
40 D = 75 mm 200 597 57 2240
35 E = 100 mm 300 510 52 1880
F = 130 mm 400 401 43 1390
Hardness HRC
30
500 311 33 1030
25
20
hardness check points 600 242 23 810
C
D
E
F
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 73
C45E C45R EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal
distance in mm from quenched end
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 55 51 37 30 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
max 62 61 61 60 57 51 44 37 34 33 32 31 30
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C45E C45 45 Ck45 XC48H1 080M46 45 1045
74 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Technical card
C50E
Quality C50E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1206 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.47-0.55 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C50R n 1.1241 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 860 830 850 oil or 550-650 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 800 furnace cooling 850 250 600 furnace cooling
air to 660 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 217) (HB 180-226) (HB max 255) 730 765 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 650 355 13 200
16 100 16 100 610 320 14 183
100 250 100 250 590 290 14 176
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 750-900 520 13 30 225-271
16 40 8 20 700-850 460 15 35 213-253
40 100 20 60 650-800 400 16 40 200-240
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 830 C in water
HB 560 481 409 326 242
HRC 55 50 44 35 23
R N/mm2 2070 1760 1430 1080 810
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 600
76 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C50E C50 50 Ck50 080M50 50 1050
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 77
Technical card
C55E
Quality C55E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1203 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.52-0.60 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.03 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C55R n 1.1209 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
C55 n 1.0535 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1050-850 825-885 830 850 oil or 550-650 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680-700 790 furnace cooling 830 250 600 furnace cooling
air to 660 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) (HB max 255) 730 765 300 80
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 680 370 11 208
16 100 16 100 640 330 12 198
100 250 100 250 620 300 12 190
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 800-950 550 12 30 240-286
16 40 8 20 750-900 490 14 35 225-271
40 100 20 100 700-850 420 15 40 213-253
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 60 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 286 268 253 240 226 223 162
HRC 28 25 23 22.5 20
R N/mm2 950 890 850 800 760 720 560
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 650 590 530 480 430 400 380
A % 9 11 13 16 18 19 24
C % 28 38 42 45 50 50
Tempering at C 400 450 500 550 600 650 690 (+A)
78 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C55E C55 55 Ck55 XC 55 H1 070M55 1055
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 79
Technical card
C60E
Quality C60E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1221 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.57-0.65 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.03 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C60R n 1.1223 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
C60 n 1.0601 P% S% max 0.045
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1050-850 860 830 850 oil or 550-650 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 780 furnace cooling 830 250 600 furnace cooling
air to 670 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) (HB 200-244) (HB max 280) 730 760 290 70
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 710 380 10 218
16 100 16 100 670 340 11 203
100 250 100 250 650 310 11 200
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 850-1000 580 11 25 253-298
16 40 8 20 800-950 520 13 30 240-290
40 100 20 60 750-900 450 14 35 225-271
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 830 C in water
HB 697 688 634 560 468 371 264
HRC 62.5 62 59 55 49 40 27
R N/mm2 2420 2070 1700 1250 880
Rinvenimento a C 50 100 200 300 400 500 600
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C60E C60R C60 60 Ck60 Cm60 070M60 60 1060
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 81
Technical card
ASTM A 105
Quality ASTM A 105
According to standards ASTM A 105M - 05 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr% Mo% V% Nb%
max max max max max max max max max
0,35 0,10-0,35 0,60-1,05 0,035 0,040 0,40 0,40 0,30 0,12 0,08 0,02
The sum of copper (Cu), chromium (Cr), nickel (Ni) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 1,00%
The sum of chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 0,32%
For each reduction of 0,01% below the specified maximum carbon value (0,35%), an increase of 0,06% of manganese above its specific
maximum value (1,05%) will be permitted up to a max of 1,35%.
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
Al min 0,020%. The Al content must be specified
Completely killed steel
Carbon Equivalent CEQ = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15 max 0,47
Grain size: 5 or finer acc. to ASTM E 112
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Stress Final stress
relieving relieving
1150-850 843-927 880-930 593 50 under the
air oil, polymer, water air temperature of tempering
Soft Normalizing Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing and tempering annealing welding after welding
PWHT
700 843-927 air 860 furnace 250 590 furnace cooling
air cooling to Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
593 air 660 after, air
Mechanical properties
Forged The heat treatments must guarantee the below-mentioned values of ASTM A 105M - 05
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T C% L C% T Kv HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min min J min max
T 485 250 22 30 187
Forged pieces weighing more than 4540 Kg may be ordered to ASTM A 266/A 266M 03a
size R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T C% L C% T Kv HB
mm N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min min J min
T 415-585 205 23 20 38 30 121-170
T = is the maximum heat-treated thickness. Test specimen shall be taken at T/4
Product tests (longitudinal) LUCEFIN experience
Heat treatment product test at R Rp 0.2 A C - Z Kv 0 C Kv 18 C Kv 46 C product
mm C N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J J J
Normalizing 920 C 90 +20 603 485 30 69.5 56-64-57 hot-rolled
Normalizing 920 C 90 +400 312 217 hot-rolled
Normalizing 900 C 240 +20 578 417 32.4 63.8 111-136-133 hot-rolled
Normalizing 900 C 240 +400 506 248 hot-rolled
Normalizing 900 C 400 +20 470 309 39.2 69.0 181-222-220 forged
Normalizing 900 C 400 +400 424 206 forged
Quenched and tempered 95 +20 579 403 35.6 68.6 210-203-207 hot-rolled
Quenched and tempered 95 +400 520 325 hot-rolled
Natural 90 +20 580 400 28.0 63.0 20-18-18 14-12-12 10-8-8 hot-rolled
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C21 A 105
ASTM A 350 LF2 82 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr% Mo% V% Nb%
max max max max max max max max max
0.30 0.15-0.30 0.60-1.35 0.035 0.040 0.40 0.40 0.30 0.12 0.08 0.02
The sum of copper (Cu), chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 1,00%
The sum of chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 0,32%
Carbon Equivalent CEQ = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15 max 0,47
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Stress Final stress
relieving relieving
1150-850 880-930 880-930 590 50 under the
air oil, polymer, water air temperature of temp.
Soft Normalizing Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing and tempering annealing welding after welding
PWHT
700 900 air 860 furnace 200 590 furnace
air 600 air cooling to Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
660 after, air
Mechanical properties
Forged The heat treatments must guarantee the below-mentioned values of ASTM A 350M: 07
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% - Z% Kv 46 C cl. 1 Kv 18 C cl. 2 HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J average/minimum max
T 485-655 250 22 30 20/16 27/20 197
T = is the maximum heat-treated thickness. Test specimen shall be taken at T/4
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
S355J2G3 appr. Fe510 appr. St52.3 appr. EN50D 20G A350 LF2 cl. 1 - cl. 2
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 83
Technical card
41Cr4
Quality 41Cr4
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.7035 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0,38-0,45 0,40 0,60-0,90 0,025 0,035 0,90-1,20
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05
41CrS4 n 1.7039 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 860 850 550-650 50 under the
air oil polymer air temperature of temp.
or water
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680 820 furnace cooling 720-740 850 300 550 furnace cooling
air to 650 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) (HB 190-220) 750 790 310 90
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 1000-2000 800 11 30 298-359
16 40 8 20 900-1100 660 12 35 35 271-331
40 100 20 60 800-950 560 14 40 35 240-286
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 568 560 525 496 468 442 409 376 340 301 264 237
HRC 55.5 55 53 51 49 47 44 40.5 36.5 32 27 22
R N/mm2 2130 2080 1950 1830 1700 1580 1420 1280 1120 1000 880 790
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1580 1590 1580 1530 1470 1380 1260 1140 1020 890 780 680
A % 6.8 7.5 7.6 7.9 8.8 9.8 11.0 12.6 14.5 17.2 20.0 22.8
C % 28 35 38 41 44 46 48 52 56 60 64 67
Kv J 16 24 24 15 15 26 30 38 46 90 124 132
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
84 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
41Cr4 41Cr4 40Cr 41Cr4 42C4 530M40 41H 5140
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 85
Technical card
34CrMo4
Quality 34CrMo4
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.7220 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.30-0.37 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
34CrMoS4 n 1.7226 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 850 550-650 50 under the
air oil polymer air temperature of temp.
water
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 cooling 15 C/h 830 furnace cooling 735 850 250 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air to 670 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 223) (HB 180-225) 745 800 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 1000-1200 800 11 45 298-359
16 40 8 20 900-1100 650 12 50 40 271-331
40 100 20 60 800-950 550 14 55 45 240-586
100 160 60 100 750-900 500 15 55 45 225-271
160 250 100 160 700-850 450 15 40 45 213-253
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 568 560 543 525 504 475 448 421 400 376 340 306 271
HRC 55.5 55 54 53 51.5 49.5 47.5 45 43 40.5 36.5 32.5 28
R N/mm2 2100 2070 2020 1960 1850 1740 1610 1490 1380 1270 1130 1020 900 780
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1340 1410 1530 1540 1520 1460 1400 1340 1230 1140 1040 930 820 680
A % 8.0 8.2 9.0 9.6 10.0 10.4 10.8 11.0 11.4 12.2 14.0 17.5 20.0 21.8
C % 29 32 37 43 47 48 49 50 52 54 60 65 68 70
Kv J 27 28 31 34 31 28 27 28 32 42 75 94 127 148
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
86 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
34CrMo4 34CrMo4 ML30CrMo 34CrMo4 34CD4 34HM 4135
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 87
Technical card
42CrMo4
Quality 42CrMo4
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.7225 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.38-0.45 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
42CrMoS4 n 1.7227 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005%.
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 860 850 550-650 50 under the
air (HB ~ 190) oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
720 slowly 15 C/h 820 furnace cooling 730-740 840 300 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air to 670 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) (HB 180-240) 745 790 300 80
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 1100-1300 900 10 40 331-380
16 40 8 20 1000-1200 750 11 45 35 298-359
40 100 20 60 900-1000 650 12 50 35 271-298
100 160 60 100 800-950 550 13 50 35 240-286
160 250 100 160 750-900 500 14 55 35 225-271
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 595 586 550 518 496 468 442 421 390 362 336 294 264
HRC 57 56.5 54.5 52.5 51 49 47 45 42 39 36 31 27
R N/mm2 2200 2180 2030 1910 1800 1700 1590 1480 1350 1220 1100 980 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1520 1600 1620 1590 1560 1510 1440 1340 1230 1110 1000 870 710
A % 7.0 9.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.4 11.0 12.0 13.5 15.8 19.0 21.5
Kv J 24 27 28 27 26 26 26 27 31 42 75 114 135
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Fatigue behaviour +20 C Fatigue behaviour +20 C
+N 328 Cyclic yield strength, y +N 1000 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+QT 716 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 1454 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+N 0.12 Cyclic strength exponent, n +N 0.11 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+QT 0.10 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.08 low cycle fatigue
+N 673 Cyclic strength coefficient, K +N 1.00 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
+QT 1367 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.72 low cycle fatigue
Transition-curve LUCEFIN experience 250
TRANSITION CURVE
100
Kv values obtained from round 130 mm 240 95
90
220
Quenched and tempered (induction) for R 930 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 766 N/mm2 210 85
80
190
A% 18 - C% 62 75
Cleavage area %
170 70
C J Lat. exp. mm Shear % 150
65
60
50
120
0 94 96 - 93 0.97 - 0.99 - 1.00 50 100
45
40
20 63 91 - 92 0.56 - 0.52 - 0.93 40 80
35
30
70
40 66 58 - 86 0.73 - 0.77 - 0.94 40 50
25
20
60 50 55 - 58 0.54 - 0.72 - 0.78 30 30
15
10
80 38 29 - 35 0.27 - 0.35 - 0.26 10 10 5
0 0
Temperature C 80 60 40 20 0 20
88 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Cold-drawn +A +C
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min max
5 b) 10 1000-1200 770 8 298-359 300
10 16 1000-1200 750 8 298-359 290
16 40 1000-1200 720 9 298-359 285
40 63 900-1100 650 10 271-331 280
63 100 900-1100 650 10 271-331 280
c) for flats and special sections the tensile strength R may deviate by 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
e) values valid also for +QT +C +SL
Technical card
50CrMo4
Quality 50CrMo4
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.7228 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.46-0.54 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 860 860 840 540-680 50 under the
air oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
720 790 furnace 850 300 550 furnace cooling
air cooling to water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 660 after, air 720 760 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 1100-1300 900 9 40 331-380
16 40 8 20 1000-1200 780 10 45 30 298-359
40 100 20 60 900-1100 700 12 50 30 271-331
100 160 60 100 850-1000 650 13 50 30 253-298
160 250 100 160 800-950 550 13 50 30 240-286
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 448 421 390 353 327 294 264
HRC 47.5 45 42 38 35 31 27
R N/mm2 1620 1490 1350 1185 1070 960 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1370 1270 1165 1060 930 840 785
A % 7.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.5 15.5 20.0
C % 30 40 49 57 60 60
Kv J 26 28 28 38 94 146 166
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
90 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB mm HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. from to max
5 10 1130-1420 950 5 339-406 5 10 308
10 16 1130-1400 930 5 339-404 10 16 298
16 25 1020-1300 800 6 306-380 16 40 293
25 40 1000-1280 780 6 298-375 40 100 288
40 100 900-1180 700 8 271-354
e) Values valid also for +QT +C +SL
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT UNI 10233 pt.5:1993 Cold-drawn annealed +C+A or annealed
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Ground
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB size mm HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. from to max
5 10 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 5 10 252
10 16 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 10 16 252
16 25 1000-1200 780 10 298-359 16 40 248
25 40 1000-1200 780 10 298-359 40 100 248
40 100 900-1100 700 12 271-331
e) Values valid also for +C +QT +SL
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
50CrMo4 ZG50CrMo 50CrMo4 50HM 4150
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 91
Technical card
39NiCrMo3
Quality 39NiCrMo3
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.6510 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.35-0.43 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 0.60-1.00 0.15-0.25 0.70-1.00
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) or sulphur (S) for improved machinability
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-900 860 850 840 550-650 50 under the
air oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Full Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 820 furnace cooling 820 850 300 550 furnace cooling
air to 650 after, air air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 195-240) (HB max 235) 740 790 330 110
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 980-1180 785 11 40 295-354
16 40 8 20 930-1130 735 11 40 35 278-339
40 100 20 60 880-1080 685 12 45 40 263-327
100 160 60 100 830-980 635 12 50 40 294-295
160 250 100 160 740-880 540 13 50 40 224-263
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 577 560 525 496 468 442 426 409 390 362 336 286 240
HRC 56 55 53 51 49 47 45.5 44 42 39 36 30 22.5
R N/mm2 2160 2070 1950 1820 1700 1580 1500 1430 1340 1220 1100 950 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1440 1520 1540 1520 1490 1440 1370 1290 1220 1110 980 830 670
A % 8.0 9.8 10.4 10.6 10.7 10.8 11.0 11.5 12.5 13.8 16.0 19.0 22.0
C % 30 42 48 52 53 53 54 55 56 57 60 63 68
Kv J 28 31 32 28 28 27 27 28 36 46 86 114 128
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
TRANSITION CURVE
Transition-curve Lucefin experience 250 100
Kv values obtained from round 100 mm 95
90
Quenched and tempered (induction) for R1002 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 879 N/mm2 220
210 85
80
A% 14.6 C% 54 190 75
C J Lat. exp. mm Shear % 170
70
65
Cleavage area %
120 50
20 73-77-75 0.83-0.88-0.80 70 45
100 40
40 68-74-74 0.78-0.77-0.81 70 35
80
30
60 66-70-64 0.80-0.78-0.77 70 70
25
80 55-50-58 0.45-0.57-0.51 60 50 20
15
30 10
10 5
0 0
-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20
92 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3 36CrNiMo4 40NCD3 39HNM 9840
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 93
Technical card
34CrNiMo6
Quality 34CrNiMo6
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.6582 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.30-0.38 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.035 0.035 1.30-1.70 0.15-0.30 1.30-1.70
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-900 860-870 870 860 600-650 50 under the
air oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Full Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
650-680 650 cooling 850 300 600 furnace cooling
air furnace to water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 500 after, air 715 770 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 1200-1400 1000 9 40 359-404
16 40 8 20 1100-1300 900 10 45 45 331-380
40 100 20 60 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
100 160 60 100 900-1100 700 12 55 45 271-331
160 250 100 160 800-950 600 13 55 45 240-286
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 60 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 525 500 468 450 371 344 319 271 240
HRC 53 51.5 49 46.5 40 37 34 28 22
R N/mm2 1950 1850 1700 1500 1260 1150 1050 900 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1480 1450 1350 1980 980 950 700 680
A % 10 10 10 12 13 13.4 18 20 22
C % 48 50 52 58 62 62 68 68 70
Kv J
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700
LUCEFIN experience Forged round 520 mm quenched at 870 C in water, tempered at 630 C in air
Depth from Longitudinal Testing
treated R Rp 0.2 A C Kv +20 C Kv 40 C HB
surface N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J T
25 mm 920 820 18.5 64.0 110-118-118 280
1/3 radius 900 755 15.6 60.0 48-44-45 270
1/2 diameter 870 730 12.8 46.0 70-74-68 25-28-25 262
FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature)
C 70 60 40 20 0 +20 +50 +80 +18
% fibrosity 3 6 11 15 24 53 100 100 FATT 50
Kv average J 22 24 27 42 51 70 142 150 68
Chemical composition % ppm
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni V Cu Sn As Sb Al H2 O2 N2
0.35 0.24 0.61 0.007 0.002 1.65 0.28 1.68 0.06 0.13 0.006 0.007 0.004 0.014 1.30 32 70
94 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT As rolled + turned +SH or annealing Peeled-Reeled +A +SH
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e) Ground +SL
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. max
5 b) 10
10 16
16 40 1100-1300 900 10 331-380 248
40 63 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 248
63 100 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 248
c) for flats and special sections the tensile strength R may deviate by 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
e) values valid also for +C +QT +SL
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
34CrNiMo6 35NiCrMo6 34CrNiMo6 35NCD6 817M40 38Ch2N2MA 4340
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 95
Technical card
40NiCrMo7
Quality 40NiCrMo7
According to standards UNI 7845: 1978 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.37-0.44 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.035 0.035 0.60-0.90 0.20-0.30 1.60-1.90
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-900 860 850 830 550-650 50 under the
air oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Full Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
680 800 furnace cooling 800-830 850 300 550 furnace cooling
air to 640 after, air furnace cooling water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 250) (HB 230-250) (HB max 250) 725 770 300 80
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment)
For quenched and tempered material, values must be granted on the product UNI 7845:1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 1030-1230 835 11 30 311-363
16 40 980-1180 785 11 30 295-354
40 100 930-1130 735 12 30 278-339
100 160 850-1030 665 13 30 253-311
160 250 780-980 635 12 30 232-295
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 830 C in oil
HB 504 482 455 432 415 400 381 348 319 294
HRC 51.5 50 48 46 44.5 43 41 37.5 34 31
R N/mm2 1850 1750 1640 1520 1450 1380 1300 1160 1050 980
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1400 1300 1230 1210 1210 1180 1050 940 880
A % 11.6 11.8 12.0 12.2 12.5 14.0 15.8 18.0 20.0 20.0
C % 45 51 52 50 51 53 57 59 63 63
Kv J 32 27 26 27 34 43 90 124 135 155
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C 817M40 BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
13 63 1000-1150 850 9 298-347
63 150 850-1000 680 9 253-298
e) Values valid also for +QT +C +SL
96 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
40NiCrMo7 40NiCrMo7 40NiCrMo8 817M40 40HN2M 4340
750
Af
As
austenite +
650 ferrite
ferrite + carbides
austenite
500
ferrite + carbides
temperature C
50%
300
Ms
M 50
M 90
200
time [s] 101 1 10 102 103 104 105 106
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 97
Technical card
30CrNiMo8
Quality 30CrNiMo8
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.6580 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.26-0.34 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 1.80-2.20 0.30-0.50 1.80-2.20
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1050-880 870-880 830-860 850 540-660 50 under the
air oil or polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft +AR natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing state test welding after welding
650-700 cooling 10/h 850 300 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) (HB max 370) 720 770 310 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 1250-1450 1050 9 40 370-415
16 40 8 20 1250-1450 1050 9 40 30 370-415
40 100 20 60 1000-1300 900 10 45 35 298-380
100 160 60 100 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
160 250 100 160 900-1100 700 12 50 45 271-331
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 426 404 381 347 275 240
HRC 45 43 41 37 28 23
R N/mm2 1500 1400 1290 1150 920 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1350 1250 1090 960 780 640
A % 10.0 10.0 11.0 14.0 16.0 18.0
C % 42 45 48 50 52 52
Kv J 20 50 60 75 80 92
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
100
Kv Joule
80 28-26-26 27 0,16 10
E = mod. of elasticity long. 255700 N/m2
G = mod. of elastcity tang. 98100 N/m2 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 +20
98 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric Conductivity
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 42 0.19 5.26
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
30CrNiMo8 30CrNiMo8 30CrNiMo8 30NCD8 823M30 A320L43
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 99
Technical card
Self-hardening 36NiCrMo16
Quality 36NiCrMo16
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.6773 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.025 1.60-2.00 0.25-0.45 3.60-4.10
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-900 850 880 830-860 550-650 50 under the
air air oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
or salt bath (500)
Soft Isothermal Full Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
650 790 825 250 550 furnace cooling
air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 269) (HB max 275) 700 760 240 20
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 1250-1450 1050 9 40 370-415
16 40 8 20 1250-1450 1050 9 40 30 370-415
40 100 20 60 1100-1300 900 10 45 35 331-380
100 160 60 100 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
160 250 100 160 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 518 496 468 448 432 409 385 357 327 301
HRC 52.5 51 49 47.5 46 44 41.5 38.5 35 32
R N/mm2 1900 1820 1720 1610 1520 1420 1320 1200 1090 1000
RRp 0.2 N/mm2 1550 1500 1430 1360 1290 1200 1100 990 900 870
A % 7.0 8.0 8.6 9.2 9.6 10.0 11.0 12.4 14.0 14.0
C % 23 24 25 27 27 28 32 38 48 50
Kv J 28 28 27 26 26 26 28 38 64 64
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
100 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
LUCEFIN experience Forged round 300 mm quenched at 870 C in water, tempered at 590 C in air
Depth from Longitudinal testing
heat treatment R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 20 C HB
surface N/mm2 N/mm2 J J
1/2 radius 1201 1110 12.8 55.0 90-98-90 62-58-60 371
Chemical composition %
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni
0.34 0.25 0.50 0.012 0.005 1.68 0.40 3.70
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
36NiCrMo16 34NiCrMo16 36NiCrMo16 35NCD16 835M30
CREEP-RESISTING STEELS
Technical card
P235GH
Quality P235GH (ASTM A 285/285M gr.A)*)
According to standards EN 10273: 2008 Trafilix
Number 1.0345 Lucefin Group
*The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM.
P = for pressure purposes, G = other characteristics; H = high temperatures
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al% Cr% Mo%
max max max max max min max max
0,16 0,35 0,40-1,20 0,30 0,025 0,30 0,020 0,30 0,08
+ 0.02 + 0.05 +0.10 - 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 + 0.05 0.005 0.05 0.03
Nb% Ni% Ti% V% B%
max max max max
0,010 0,30 0,03 0,02
+ 0.01 + 0.05 + 0.01 + 0.01
Permissible deviations on the product.
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni max 0.70
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Normalizing Soft Quenching Stress
and tempering annealing and tempering relieving
1100-850 890-950 920 air 700 air 880-900 water 50 under the
air 550-650 air 550-650 air temperature of temp.
Pre-heating Stress relieving
welding after welding
100 slow cooling
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled +N EN 10273: 2008
Kv and traction test at room temperature in longitudinal
size mm R ReH min b) A% Kv 20 C Kv 0 C Kv +20 C HB
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min J min J min J min
16 360-480 235 25 40 47 104-146
16 40 360-480 225 25 40 47 104-146
40 60 360-480 215 25 40 47 104-146
60 100 360-480 200 24 40 47 104-146
100 150 a) 350-480 185 24 40 47 103-146
a) for thickness > 150 mm the values shall be agreed upon +N = normalized
b) whenever the upper yield strength R is not visible enough, it can be calculated by taking the Rp 0.2 value, which is usually 10 N/mm2
eH
lower than ReH
P235GH
Reference data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture EN 10273: 2008
1 N/mm2 R N/mm2
C 10 000 h 100 000 h 10 000 h 100 000 h 200 000 h
380 164 118 229 165 145
390 150 106 211 148 129
400 136 95 191 132 115
410 124 84 174 118 101
420 113 73 158 103 89
430 101 65 142 91 78
440 91 57 127 79 67
450 80 49 113 69 57
460 72 42 100 59 48
470 62 35 86 50 40
480 53 30 75 42 33
1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain R = creep rupture strength
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
P235GH Fe360 1 KW P235GH A37CP 141-360 A285 g.A
104 Part two Creep-resisting steels
Technical card
42CrMo4
Quality 42CrMo4 (ASTM A 193-B7)*)
According to standards EN 10269: 2001 Trafilix
Number 1.7225 Lucefin Group
*The acronym in brackets indicates the similar steel according to ASTM.
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0,38-0,45 0,40 0,60-0,90 0,035 0,035 0,90-1,20 0,15-0,30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 860 850 550-650 50 under the
air oil or polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
720 820 furnace cooling 730-740 840 300 550 furnace cooling
air to 670 after, air furnace cooling water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 180-240) (HB max 200) 745 790 300 80
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled +QT EN 10269: 2001
size Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 40 C Kv 100 C HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min
60 860-1060 730 14 50 50 40 27 258-322
+QT = quenched and tempered
Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures Rp 0.2 N/mm2 EN 10269: 2001
d 60 mm 720 702 677 640 602 562 518 475 420 375
C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Temp. Mod. of elasticity Thermal Ref. data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture
N/mm2 exspansion 1 (1%) N/mm2 R N/mm2
C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1] C 10.000 h 100.000 h 10.000 h 100.000 h
20 210000 80000 450 190 137 320 240
100 205000 78000 11.1 500 88 49 137 96
200 195000 75000 12.1 550 29 15 59 30
300 185000 70000 12.9 600
400 175000 67000 13.5 1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain
500 13.9 R = creep rupture strength
600 155000 59000 14.1
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric Conductivity
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 33.5 34.0 34.2 0.19 5.26
LUCEFIN experience. Kv and traction test at room temperature in longitudinal on hot-rolled +QT material
grain R Rp 0.2 Rp/R A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 20 C
mm size N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min J min
40 6 995 845 0,85 15,2 58 90-90-92 60-58-58
60 5-6 947 767 0,81 16.0 60 84-78-80 50-50-56
Part two Creep-resisting steels 105
42CrMo4
Fatigue behaviour +20 C Fatigue behaviour +20 C
+N 328 Cyclic yield strength, y +N 1000 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+QT 716 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 1454 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+N 0.12 Cyclic strength exponent, n +N 0.11 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+QT 0.10 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.08 low cycle fatigue
+N 673 Cyclic strength coefficient, K +N 1.00 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
+QT 1367 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.72 low cycle fatigue
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
42CrMo4 42CrMo4 ML42CrMo 42CrMo4 42CD4 708M40 42HM 4140
106 Part two Creep-resisting steels
Technical card
40CrMoV4-6
Quality 40CrMoV4-6 (ASTM A 193-B16)*
According to standards EN 10269: 2001 Trafilix
Number 1.7711 Lucefin Group
*The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM.
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% Al tot
max max max max
0,36-0,44 0,40 0,45-0,85 0,030 0,030 0,90-1,20 0,50-0,65 0,25-0,35 0,015
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.01
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress Natural state
relieving +U
1100-900 880-900 900-930 650-720 50 under the
air oil or polymer air temperature of temp. (HB max 350)
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Quenching and Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing stress relieving welding after welding
680-730 880 furnace cooling 750 930 oil 300 560 furnace cooling
air to 730 after, air furnace 200 air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) cooling (HRC ~ 54) 760 810 340 120
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled +QT EN 10269: 2001
size Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 40 C Kv 100 C HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min
100 850-1000 700 14 45 30 253-298
100 160 850-1000 640 14 45 25 253-298
+QT = quenching and tempering
Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures Rp 0.2 N/mm2 EN 10269: 2001
d max 100 687 670 647 631 608 593 577 554 523 470 400 293
100 160 631 612 591 577 556 542 528 507 479 429 366 268
C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Temp. Mod. of elasticity Thermal Ref. data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture
N/mm2 expansion 1 (1%) N/mm2 R N/mm2
C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1] C 10.000 h 100.000 h 10.000 h 100.000 h 200.000 h
20 211000 80950 450 513 462 446
100 204000 78300 11.1 460 483 422 400
200 196000 75200 12.1 470 451 374 347
300 186000 71350 12.9 480 413 319 286
400 177000 67900 13.5 490 371 259 229
450 500 321 210 187
500 164000 62950 13.9 510 269 174 155
550 520 223 146 130
600 127000 48700 14.1 530 187 122 103
540 160
550 137
1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain
R = creep rupture strength
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric Conductivity
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 33.0
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 670-860 A193B16
Part two Creep-resisting steels 107
Technical card
10CrMo9-10
Quality 10CrMo9-10 (ASTM A 182 F22 cl. 3)*)
According to standards EN 10273: 2008 Trafilix
Number 1.7380 Lucefin Group
* The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM.
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cr% Mo% Cu%
max max max max
0,08-0,14 0,50 0,40-0,80 0,030 0,025 2,00-2,50 0,90-1,10 0,30
+ 0.02 0.05 +0.10 -0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.04 + 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product. The aluminium content of the casting must be determined and indicated in the control document.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress Step cooling
relieving
1050-900 940-980 950 650-750 50 under the 593 furnace cooling
air water air temperature of temp. EN 10028-2
Soft Spheroidizing Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing welding after welding (PWHT)
650-700 air 880-900 300 600-690 furnace Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 210) furnace cooling cooling 795 850 440 230
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties at the delivery conditionb) EN 10273: 2008
heat Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal
mm treatment R ReH A% Kv +20 C Kv 0 C Kv 20 C HB
from to b) N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min J min J min
16 +NT 480-630 310 18 40 146-192
16 40 +NT 480-630 300 18 40 146-192
40 60 +NT 480-630 290 18 40 146-192
60 100 +NT or +QT 470-620 270 17 40 141-190
100 150 +QT 460-610 250 17 40 139-183
+NT = normalized and tempering +QT = quenching and tempering
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric Conductivity
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.80 50 0.18 5.55
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
10CrMo9-10 10CrMo9-10 12Cr2MoG 10CrMo9-10 12CD9-10 622/B3 12Ch8 A182 F22
108 Part two Creep-resisting steels
10CrMo9-10
Reference data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture EN 10273: 2008
1 (1%) N/mm2 R N/mm2
C 10 000 h 100 000 h 10 000 h 100 000 h 200 000 h
450 240 166 306 221 201
460 219 155 286 205 186
470 200 145 264 188 169
480 180 130 241 170 152
490 163 116 219 152 136
500 147 103 196 135 120
510 132 90 176 118 105
520 119 78 156 103 91
530 107 68 138 90 79
540 94 58 122 78 68
550 83 49 108 68 58
560 73 41 96 58 50
570 65 35 85 51 43
580 57 30 75 44 37
590 50 26 68 38 32
600 44 22 61 34 28
1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain R = creep rupture strength
Lucefin experience. Heat treatment, thickness 15 mm hot-rolled. FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature)
Impact test Kv J 12 18 42 110 130 150 180 200 200 +NT
Fibrosity 2 4 10 50 62 74 100 100 100 N = 980 C air T = 720 C air
C 60 50 40 20 0 +20 +50 +80 +100
Impact test Kv J 6 10 90 190 230 250 260 260 260 Q = 950 C water T = 720 C air
Fibrosity 9 10 25 85 95 100 100 100 100 +PWHT * = 690 C 10 h furn. cool.
C 110 100 80 60 40 20 0 +20 +50 (* Post weld heat treatment)
300 1 100000 h
250 r 10000 h
Load test [MPa - N/mm2]
200 r 100000 h
r 200000 h
150
100
50
0
450 475 500 525 550 575 600
Temperature test [C]
FLAME AND INDUCTION-HARDENING STEELS
Technical card
C43
Quality C43
According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0,40-0,46 0,15-0,40 0,50-0,80 0,030 0,030
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with Cr, Mo, Ni, Cu, max. values.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 840 550-650 180
air water air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
690 820 furnace cooling not recommended not recommended
air to 660 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 220) (HB 155-205) (HB max 231) 730 780 360 140
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after normalizing UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 100 570-720 300 18 169-223
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment)
For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product
UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 690-840 470 15 25 210-250
16 40 640-790 400 16 20 198-237
40 100 570-720 360 17 20 169-223
For sizes over 100 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn
size mm Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
from to R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min A% min HB
No indications are shown in the reference standards
Please refer to the same values of quality C40E C45E
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C43
Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels 111
Technical card
C48
Quality C48
According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.45-0.52 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.030
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with Cr Mo Ni Cu, max. values.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 860 830 550-650 180
air water air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 790 furnace cooling not recommended not recommended
air to 660 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 238) (HB 165-223) (HB max 243) 730 770 330 110
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after normalizing UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 100 610-760 335 16 183-226
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment)
For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product
UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 730-875 510 13 20 224-262
16 40 680-830 430 14 15 208-249
40 100 630-770 400 15 15 192-231
For sizes over 100 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn
size mm Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
from to R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min A% min HB
No indications are shown in the reference standards
Please refer to the same values of quality C45E - C50E
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C48 1049
112 Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels
Technical card
Cf53
Quality Cf53
According to standards DIN 17212: 1972 Trafilix
Number 1.1213 Lucefin Group
Composizione chimica
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.50-0.57 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 0.025 0.035
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1050-850 860 830 860 550-660 180
air water oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 820 furnace cooling not recommended not recommended
air to 660 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 223) (HB 180-230) (HB max 260) 730 765 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for normalized condition DIN 17212: 1972
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 100 610-760 340 16 183-226
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition DIN 17212: 1972
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 740-880 510 12 25 224-263
16 40 690-830 430 14 35 210-249
40 100 640-780 400 15 40 198-232
Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C 070M55 BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 A% C% K HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
13 29 700-850 475 10 201-255
29 100 700-850 435 10 201-255
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C53 C53 Cf53 XC48 TS 070M55 1050
Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels 113
Technical card
36CrMn4
Quality 36CrMn4
According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.33-0.39 0.15-0.40 0.80-1.10 0.030 0.030 0.90-1.20
0.02 0.03 0.06 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 850 550-650 180
air oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 800 furnace cooling 850 not recommended not recommended
air to 650 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) (HB 170-215) 750 800 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment)
For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product
UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 880-1080 685 12 25 263-327
16 40 780-930 590 13 25 232-278
40 100 740-890 540 14 25 224-268
For sizes over 100 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min Jmin
No indications are shown in the reference standards
UNI 7847 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. Min. surface hardness after
distance in mm from quenched end hardening and stress
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min 50 49 48 47 44 41 39 37 34 32 31 30 29 28 27 HRC 52
max 58 58 57 56 55 54 54 53 50 48 46 45 44 43 43
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
37Cr4 appr. 36CrMn4 36Cr4. 37Cr4 appr. 38C4 appr. SchCh10 5135 appr.
114 Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels
Technical card
41CrMo4
Quality 41CrMo4
According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.38-0.44 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.030 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.25
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 850 550-650 180
air oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
720 800 furnace cooling 730-740 840 not recommended not recommended
air to 670 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 180-240) cooling 745 790 300 80
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment)
For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product
UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 1080-1280 880 10 25 327-375
16 40 980-1180 765 11 25 295-354
40 100 880-1080 640 12 25 263-327
100 160 780-930 560 13 25 232-278
160 250 740-890 510 14 25 224-268
UNI 7847 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. Min. surface hardness after
distance in mm from quenched end hardening and stress
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min 53 53 52 51 50 48 45 43 38 35 34 33 32 32 32 HRC 55
max 60 60 60 60 60 59 59 58 56 53 51 48 47 46 45
Thermal exspansion [(m/mK)] 106 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 210000 205000 195000 185000 175000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 80000 78000 75000 70000 67000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
41CrMo4 41CrMo4 41CrMo4 40ChFA 4142
Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels 115
Technical card
50CrMo4
Quality 50CrMo4
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.7228 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.46-0.54 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 860 860 840 540-680 50 under the
air oil or polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
720 790 furnace cooling 850 not recommended not recommended
air to 660 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 720 760 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed - hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB Surface hardness after
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform. flame or induction
16 1100-1300 900 9 40 331-380 hardening
16 40 1000-1200 780 10 45 30 298-359 HRC 58
40 100 900-1100 700 12 50 30 271-331
100 160 850-1000 650 13 50 30 253-298
160 250 800-950 550 13 50 30 240-286
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 448 421 390 353 327 294 264
HRC 47.5 45 42 38 35 31 27
R N/mm2 1620 1490 1350 1185 1070 960 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1370 1270 1165 1060 930 840 785
A % 7.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.5 15.5 20.0
C % 30 40 49 57 60 60
Kv J 26 28 28 38 94 146 166
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
50CrMo4 ZG500CrMo 50CrMo4 50HM 4150
116 Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels
Technical card
40NiCrMo3
Quality 40NiCrMo3
According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.37-0.43 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.030 0.60-1.00 0.15-0.25 0.70-1.00
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-900 860 850 550-650 180
air oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Full Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 800 furnace cooling 820 furnace 850 not recommended not recommended
air to 650 after, air cooling water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 190-245) (HB max 235) 740 790 330 110
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering
For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product
UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 1030-1230 830 10 30 311-363
16 40 980-1180 785 11 30 295-354
40 100 880-1080 690 12 30 263-327
100 160 830-980 640 12 30 249-295
160 250 740-890 540 13 30 224-268
Cold-drawn
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min Jmin
No indications are shown in the reference standards
UNI 7847 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. Min. surface hardness after
distance in mm from quenched end hardening and stress
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min 52 51 50 49 48 46 44 43 39 36 34 33 32 31 30 HRC 54
max 60 60 59 58 58 57 57 56 55 53 51 49 48 46 45
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
40NiCrMo3 40NiCrMo3
SPRING STEELS
Technical card
C60E
Quality C60E
According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.1221 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max max
0.57-0.65 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.03 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1050-850 860 830 850 550-650 50 under the
air water oil or polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 780 furnace cooling 830 not allowed not allowed
air to 670 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) (HB 200-244) (HB max 280) 730 760 290 70
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod mechanical properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 710 380 10 218
16 100 16 100 670 340 11 203
100 250 100 250 650 310 11 200
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 8 850-1000 580 11 25 253-298
16 40 8 20 800-960 520 13 30 240-290
40 100 20 60 750-900 450 14 35 225-271
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 830 C in water
HB 697 688 634 560 468 371 264
HRC 62.5 62 59 55 49 40 27
R N/mm2 2420 2070 1700 1250 880
Tempering at C 50 100 200 300 400 500 600
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C60E C60 60 Ck60 070M60 60 1060
Part two Spring steels 119
Technical card
56Si7
Quality 56Si7
According to standards EN 10089: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.5026 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.52-0.60 1.60-2.00 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.025
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel,
except for those which are necessary to heat making.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching on spring Tempering Hot moulding
of springs
1050-850 870 840-870 400-480 900-820
air oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680 820 furnace cooling 850 not allowed not allowed
air to 720 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) (HB max 240) (HB max 293) 770 810 290 70
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks Characteristics for springs according to
after quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 450 C in air EN 10089: 2002 Stahlschlssel 2007
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Z% KU HRC R Rp 0.2 A% DVM
N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
10 1450-1750 1300 6 25 13 44-50 1300-1500 1100 6 14
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 860 C in oil
HB 722 706 688 634 615 525 448 404 362 327 290 264
HRC 64 63 62 59 58 53 47.5 43.5 39 35 30.5 27
R N/mm2 2400 2460 2450 2310 1950 1600 1400 1210 1080 960 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1580 1670 1860 2000 2100 2140 2090 1700 1460 1250 1070 930 800 690
A % 2.0 3.8 4.2 5.0 8.0 10.5 12.2 13.4 15.8 19.2 22.0
Kv J 8 8 9 10 12 16 26 26 28 32 40 42
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
EN 10089: 2002 2002 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal
distance in mm from quenched end
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 57 55 49 43 37 34 32 31 28 27 26 26 25 25 24
max 65 62 60 57 54 50 46 42 39 37 36 35 34 34 33
Maximum thickness and diameter Flat products Round products Mod. of elasticity +20 C
recommended for the spring thickness mm mm N/mm2
in order to obtain, after quenching, E long. G tang.
an internal hardness of 52 HRC 8 12 206000 79000
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
56Si7 55Si7 55Si2Mn 55Si7 55S7 25158 55S2 9555
120 Part two Spring steels
Technical card
60SiCr8
Quality 60SiCr8
According to standards UNI 3545: 1980 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.57-0.64 1.70-2.20 0.70-1.00 0.035 0.035 0.25-0.40
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.04
Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel,
except for those which are necessary to heat making.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching on spring Tempering Hot moulding
of springs
1050-850 870 830-860 430-480 920-830
air oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680 820 furnace cooling 850 not allowed not allowed
air to 720 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 255) (HB max 250) (HB max 321) 770 800 270 50
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks 10 mm after quenching Characteristics for springs according to
at 850 C in oil, tempering at 480 C in air. UNI 3545: 1980. Reference only. Stahlschlssel 2007
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HRC R Rp 0.2 A% DVM
N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
10 1450-1700 1250 5 415-467 44.5-49 1350-1600 1150 6 21
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 468 461 442 409 353
HRC 49 48.5 47 44 38
R N/mm2 1700 1660 1570 1420 1160
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1390 1340 1240 1180 1000
A % 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 9.0
Kv J 10 10 10 12 12
Rinv. C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Maximum thickness and diameter Flat products Round products Mod. of elasticity +20 C
recommended for the spring thickness mm mm N/mm2
in order to obtain, after quenching, E long. G tang.
an internal hardness of 52 HRC 16 24 206000 79000
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
60SiCr8 60SiCr8 60Si2CrA 60SiCr7 61SC7 60S2HA 9261-9262
Part two Spring steels 121
Technical card
51CrV4
Quality 51CrV4
According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Trafilix
Number 1.8159 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% V% Ni%
max max max
0.47-0.55 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.025 0.025 0.90-1.20 0.10-0.25
0.02 0.03 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel,
except for those which are necessary to heat making.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching on spring Tempering Hot moulding
of springs
1050-850 870 850-880 400-450 920-830
air oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 820 furnace cooling 850 not allowed not allowed
air to 710 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) (HB max 220) (HB max 310) 740 790 280 60
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10083-3: 2006 mechanical properties after QT Characteristics for springs according to
Stahlschlssel 2007
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv R Rp 0.2 A% DVM
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
16 8 1100-1300 900 9 40 1400-1700 1200 6 21
16 40 8 20 1000-1200 800 10 45 30
40 100 20 60 900-1100 700 12 50 30
100 160 60 100 850-1000 650 13 50 30
160 250 100 160 800-950 600 13 50 30
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 615 595 577 577 550 525 504 455 421 390 371 344 297 253
HRC 58 57 56 56 54.5 53 51.5 48 45 42 40 37 31.5 25
R N/mm2 2170 2050 1960 1840 1650 1490 1340 1250 1140 990 850
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1500 1590 1700 1750 1750 1720 1650 1530 1400 1270 1170 1130 900 700
A % 6.8 7.6 7.8 8.0 8.5 9.8 11.2 12.5 14.6 19.0 22.5
Kv J 8 10 16 16 15 16 26 28 31 38 46 94 135
Rinv. C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Maximum thickness and diameter Flat products Round products Mod. of elasticity +20 C
recommended for the spring thickness mm mm N/mm2
in order to obtain, after quenching, E long. G tang.
an internal hardness of 52 HRC 25 38 210000 80000
122 Part two Spring steels
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
51CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 735A50 50ChGF 6150
Part two Spring steels 123
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.49-0.56 1.20-1.50 0.70-1.00 0.025 0.025 0.70-1.00 0.50-0.70
0.02 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel,
except for those which are necessary to heat making.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching on spring Tempering Hot moulding
of springs
1100-900 870 840-870 400-450 920-830
air oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680 820 furnace cooling 850 not allowed not allowed
air to 720 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) (HB max 230) (HB max 310) 760 810 270 50
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after
quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 450 C in air. EN 10089: 2002
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% KU HB HRC
N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
10 1450-1750 1300 6 35 10 409-482 44-50
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 706 688 654 615 615 595 577 525 482 421 381 353 319 279
HRC 63 62 60 58 58 57 56 53 50 45 41 38 34 29
R N/mm2 2340 2310 2250 2170 1950 1690 1480 1310 1190 1060 940
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1900 2000 2050 1990 1750 1550 1350 1190 1020 880 750
A % 3.0 8.0 9.8 10.6 12.2 14.0 17.0 21.0
Kv J 8 8 8 9 14 26 26 26 28 42 80
Rinv. C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Maximum thickness and diameter Flat products Round products Mod. of elasticity +20 C
recommended for the spring thickness mm mm N/mm2
in order to obtain, after quenching, E long. G tang.
an internal hardness of 52 HRC 40 60 215000 82000
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
52SiCrNi5 52SiCrNi5 ZG50CrMo 52SiCrNi5 52SiCrNi5 52XHC
BEARING STEELS
Technical card
102Cr6
Quality 102Cr6
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2067 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Cu%
max max
0.95-1.10 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.030 0.030 1.35-1.65
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Quenching Stress Stress relieving Annealing must be
relieving annealing done after machining
1050-900 Pre-heating a 650 850 180-220 600-650 and before the final heat
pause, after oil, polymer air furnace cooling treatment
820 water salt bath 500-550
salt bath 180-200
Soft Spheroidizing Recrystallization Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
740-770 770-780 furnace 750 cooling furnace not recommended not recommended
air cooling to 630 after to 300 after air
300 after air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
HB max 223 a) (HB max 207) (HB max 220) 750 785 210 10 b)
a) Hardness in the cold-drawn condition (+A+C) can be 20 HB higher than in the annealed condition (+A)
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 840 C in oil
HB 739 722 706 688 654 595 543 496 442 409 371 336 301 243
HRC 65 64 63 62 60 57 54 51 47 44 40 36 32 23
R N/mm2 2400 2500 2470 2300 2100 1900 1650 1410 1250 1110 1010 810
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2080 2190 2090 1900 1700 1500 1300 1100 950 800 690
A % 5.0 7.0 9.0 12.0 16.0 18.0
C % 22 30 34 44 50 54
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
40
40 62 57 52.5 50.5 50 martensite %
martensite %
30 40
20 20
martensite + martensite + bainite 0
carbides + ferrite + pearlite carbides+ pearlite
0 8 16 24 32 40
Hardness/Structures curves distance in mm from quenched end
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
102Cr6 100Cr6 Cr2 100Cr6 100Cr6 X15 52100
850
650
300
50%
Ms
temperature [C]
200 M 50
M 90
100
time [s] 1 10 102 103 104 105 106
Part two Bearing steels 127
Technical card
100CrMo7
Quality 100CrMo7
According to standards ISO 683-17: 2001 Trafilix
Number B5 (1.3537) Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Cu% Al%
max max max max
0.93-1.05 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.025 0.015 1.65-1.95 0.15-0.30 0.30 0.050
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 +0.03 +0.010
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Pre-heating Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be
annealing done after machining
1100-850 400 850 150-220 600-650 and before the final heat
stop in furnace, oil, polymer air furnace cooling treatment
after 850 salth bath 500-550
Soft Isothermal +AC+C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +AC Ann. Cold-drawn welding after welding
730 800 furnace cooling to 720 not recommended not recommended
air after furnace 600 after, air Ac1 star Ac1 end Ms Mf
(HB max 220) (HB max 217) (HB max 251) 755 785 200 10 b)
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 739 739 722 670 615 595 613 512 482 432 415 344 286 253
HRC 65 65 64 61 58 57 56 52 50 46 44.5 37 30 25
R N/mm2 2000 2400 2430 2300 2150 1950 1770 1610 1450 1240 1000 840
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2050 2150 2090 1960 1810 1650 1500 1350 1150 900 750
A % 3.0 4.6 6.4 9.0 12.5 16.5
C % 15 20 30 38 44 52
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
HRC from surface to heart for different quenched at 850 C in oil Hardening in oil on round
Variations in hardness show the mass effect 20 mm
mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 C HRC
20 66 66 65.5 800 62
30 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 820 64
40 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 65 840 65.5
50 65.5 64 62 61 60.5 60.5 850 66
60 64.5 63 58.5 54 52 51.5 51 860 66
80 62.5 58 50.5 47.5 46 45 44.5 44 43.5 880 66
100 61 56 49 46.5 45 44.5 43.5 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 900 65
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
100CrMo7 100CrMo7 GC18Mo 100CrMo7 100CD7 A485(3)
128 Part two Bearing steels
Technical card
X82WMoCrV6-5-4
Quality X82WMoCrV6-5-4 )
According to standards ISO 683-17: 2001 Trafilix
Number B62 (1.3553) Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% W% Cu%
max max max max
0.78-0.86 0.40 0.40 0.025 0.015 3.90-4.30 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.00 6.00-6.70 0.30
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 +0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be
annealing done after machining
1100-900 1190-1230 Immediately after 600-650 and before the final heat
oil, polymer quenching 540-570 air furnace cooling treatment
salth bath 500-550 at least 2 cycles
Soft Spheroidizing +AC+C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing +A +AC Ann. Cold-drawn welding after welding
780-820 770-840 furnace not recommended not recommended
cooling 15 C/h, Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
to 600 after, air 820 870 150 70 b)
(HB max 280) (HB max 248) (HB max 298)
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature after quenching at 1210 C in oil
HB 688 679 688 697 739 758 758 722 615 482
HRC 62 61.5 62 62.5 65 66 66 64 58 50
N/mm2 2330 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 490 530 560 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.5 11.7 12.2 12.4 12.7 13.0 12.9
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 217000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 83000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X80WMoCrV654 X82WMoV65 X82WMoCrV6-5-4 Z85WCDV6 A597 CM2
HOT-WORK TOOL STEELS
Technical card
X37CrMoV5-1
Quality X37CrMoV5-1
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2343 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% V%
max max
0,33-0,41 0,80-1,20 0,25-0,50 0,030 0,020 4,80-5,50 1,10-1,50 0,30-0,50
0.02 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.05 0.04
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
annealing after machining
1050-900 Pre-heating to 800 Immediately after 600-650 furnace and before quenching
pause, after 1000-1040 quenching 550-650 air cooling to 350
oil, polymer, minimum 2 cycles after, air
salt bath (450-500)
Soft Isothermal Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
800 furnace 880 furnace cooling 350 650 furnace cooling
cooling to 780 pause, after Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) furnace cooling 750 air 830 890 310 80
Hardness for the annealed and cold-drawn execution can be HB 249 max
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering after quenching at 1020 C in oil
HB 543 525 518 512 512 518 534 550 568 577 512 432 362
HRC 54 53 52.5 52 52 52.5 53.5 54.5 55.5 56 52 46 39
N/mm2 2010 1950 1915 1880 1880 1915 1980 2040 2115 2160 1880 1520 1220
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.5 12.0 12.2 12.5 12.9 13.0 13.2
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 215000 183000 176000 165000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 82000 70200 68000 63000
R* N/mm2 1600 1400 1300 1100 800 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1460 1200 1100 900 600 400
R* N/mm2 1200 1120 1000 850 580 400
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 900 800 650 420 250
HRC quenching 1040 C oil 53 54 54 49 39
HRC quenching 1040 C air 52 53 53 48 39
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700
*Shows the results of two different heat treatments.
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X37CrMoV5-1 X37CrMoV51KU (4Cr5MoSiV) X38CrMoV5-1 Z38CDV5 B-H11 (4KH5MFs.-U) H 11
Part two Hot-work tool steels 131
Technical card
X40CrMoV5-1
Quality X40CrMoV5-1
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2344 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% V%
max max
0,35-0,42 0,80-1,20 0,25-0,50 0,030 0,020 4,80-5,50 1,20-1,50 0,85-1,15
0.02 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.05 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
annealing after machining
1050-900 Pre-heating to 800 Immediately after 600-650 furnace and before quenching
pause, after 1020-1080 quenching cooling to
oil, polymer, 500-620 air 350 after, air
salt bath (450-500) minimum 2 cycles
Soft Isothermal Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
820 furnace 880 furnace cooling to 780 350 650 furnace cooling
cooling pause, after furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) to 750 after, air 830 915 300 80
Hardness for the annealed and cold-drawn execution can be HB 249 max
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering after quenching at 1040 C in oil
HB 560 543 525 512 504 512 525 543 577 577 512 455 390 301
HRC 55 54 53 52 51.5 52 53 54 56 56 52 48 42 32
N/mm2 2070 2010 1950 1880 1850 1880 1950 2010 2160 2160 1880 1640 1340 1010
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.5 12.0 12.2 12.5 12.9 13.0 13.2
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 215000 176000 165000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 82000 68000 63000
R* N/mm2 1600 1400 1300 1100 800 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1460 1200 1100 900 600 400
R* N/mm2 1200 1120 1000 850 580 400
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 900 800 650 420 250
HRC quenching 1040 C oil 54 55 54 50 40
HRC quenching 1040 C air 53 54 53 48 39
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700
*Shows the results of two different heat treatments.
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X40CrMoV5-1 X40CrMoV511KU (45Cr5MoSiV) X40CrMoV5-1 Z340CDV5 B-H 13 4KH5F1S H 13
132 Part two Hot-work tool steels
850
Ac1
800 pearlite 1%
700
650
austenite
600
550
500
450
400
350 bainite 1%
250
M 50%
200
150 M 80%
100
temperature [ C]
50
M 95%
0
time 1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [s]
1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [m]
1 2 4 8 16 32 [h]
+ 0,10
+ 0,05
1
dimensional variation %
0,00
2
3
0,05
tempering 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
temperature C
Technical card
40NiCrMoV16 KU
Quality 40NiCrMoV16 KU
According to standards UNI 2955 pt.4: 1982 Trafilix
Number 1.2766 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% V%
max max
0,35-0,45 0,10-0,40 0,35-0,75 0,030 0,030 1,60-2,00 0,40-0,60 3,40-4,10 0,05-0,25
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
annealing after machining
1100-900 Pre-heating to 600 Immediately after 630 furnace cooling and before quenching
pause, after 880 quenching 550-630 air to 350 after, air
oil, polymer, forced air minimum 2 cycles
or salth bath 480
Soft Isothermal Annealed + C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing cold-drawn welding after welding
650 810 furnace cooling 350 650 furnace cooling
air to 610 pause, furnace Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 277) cooling to 580 after, air (HB max 305) 680 785 290 70
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering after quenching at 880 C in oil
HB 577 577 560 543 512 496 468 455 442 432 409 381 353 381
HRC 56 56 55 54 52 51 49 48 47 46 44 41 38 41
N/mm2 2160 2160 2070 2010 1880 1820 1700 1640 1580 1520 1430 1300 1180 1300
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.7 12.5 13.0 13.4 13.7 13.8
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 208000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 79000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
40NiCrMoV16KU 35NiCrMo16 Y35NCD16
134 Part two Hot-work tool steels
Technical card
55NiCrMoV7
Quality 55NiCrMoV7
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2714 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% V%
max max
0.50-0.60 0.10-0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.020 0.80-1.20 0.35-0.55 1.50-1.80 0.05-0.15
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
annealing after machining
1050-850 Pre-heating to 700 Immediately after 650 furnace and before quenching
pause, after 870 quenching cooling to
polymer, 550-630 air 350 after, air
forced air or oil (40 C) minimum 2 cycles
Soft Isothermal Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
680-700 raffr. 800 furnace cooling 350 650 forno
furnace until to 660 pause, Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
150 air (HB max 248) furnace cooling to 620 air 710 770 250 10
Hardness for the annealed and cold-drawn execution can be HB 268 max
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering
HB 654 634 615 595 577 243 512 482 468 442 409 390 quenching at 860 C oli
HRC 60 59 58 57 56 54 52 50 49 47 44 42 quenching at 860 C oli
N/mm2 2420 2330 2240 2160 2010 1880 1760 1700 1580 1430 1340 quenching at 860 C oli
HB 560 512 482 442 421 400 371 336 301 quenching at 860 C air
HRC 55 52 50 47 45 43 40 36 32 quenching at 860 C air
N/mm2 2070 1880 1760 1580 1480 1390 1250 1110 1010 quenching at 860 C air
Temp. at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 12.5 13.1 13.4 13.9 14.0 14.3 14.5
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 215000 198000 176000 165000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 82000 76000 68000 63000
R* N/mm2 1600 1350 1200 1000 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1150 1000 750 350
R* N/mm2 1200 1100 950 700 300
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1040 820 700 500 200
HRC quenching 860 C oil 50 48 43 40 36
HRC quenching 860 C air 48 44 41 38 35
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700
*Shows the results of two different heat treatments.
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
55NiCrMoV7 55NiCrMoV7KU 5CrNiMo 56NiCrMoV7 55NCDV7 BH 224 5KN2MF L6
Part two Hot-work tool steels 135
Time-temperature transformation diagram for isothermal cooling 55NiCrMoV7 taken from GERDAU
900
austenite
800 Ac3
700 Ac1
ferrite 70 %
pearlite 30%
600
500
bainite
400
300
Ms 50%
200 M 50%
temperature C
M 90%
100
0 time [s]
1 10 102 103 104 105 106
Thermal cycle
1000
900 austenitizing
850 - 870
800
holding time
1/2 h for inc.
700 annealing
680 - 700
600
holding time
1,5 h for inc. oil, polymer
500 forced air
furnace
400
I tempering
II tempering
300
holding time air holding time air
1 h for inc. 1 h for inc.
200
temperature C
air
100
0
time
The tempering temperature depends on the required hardness. The temperature of II tempering must be 30 C lower than I tempering.
136 Part two Hot-work tool steels
Technical card
X40Cr14
Quality X40Cr14
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2083 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr%
max max max max
0.36-0,42 1.00 1.00 0.030 0.030 12.50-14.50
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.15
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot Pre-heating Quenching Tempering Tempering
forming
1110-850 850 pause 980-1010 180 see table
after oil or polymer (HRC 53)
Soft Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing welding after welding
750-800 slow cooling 300 550
in furnace Ac1 Ms
(HB max 241) 845 160
*The symbol indicates the temperature increase up to . C.
Mechanical properties
Tempering table values at room temperature for round 25 mm after quenching at 1010 C in oil.
HRC 54 53 52 52 52.5 54 52 50 46
N/mm2 2010 1950 1880 1880 1915 2010 1880 1760 1520
Tempering at C 100 200 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Nitriding in gaseous ammonia. The material should be hardened and tempered before nitriding.
Temperature C Time h Depth of hardening mm Surface hardness HV
525 20 0.20 1000
525 30 0.30 1000
525 60 0.40 1000
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 (420)
1.2083
Part two Hot-work tool steels 137
Technical card
40CrMnMoS8-6
Quality 40CrMnMoS8-6
According to standards DIN 17350: 1980 Trafilix
Number 1.2312 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo%
max
0.35-0,45 0.30-0.50 1.40-1.60 0.030 0.05-0.10 1.80-2.00 0.15-0.25
0.03 0.03 0.08 + 0.005 0.01 0.07 0.04
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering
forming
1050-850 850-900 840-860 860-880 600-680
air oil or polymer calm air calm air
or forced minimum 2 cycles
Soft Stress Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving welding after welding
700-740 furnace cooling 50 C under 250-300 600 furnace cooling
max 20 C/h to 600 after air the temperature Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) of tempering 760 800 260 140
Mechanical properties
Heat treatment: quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 600 C.
N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv longitudinal J HB at the depth mm
R 1000 890 16 20 30 40 50 60 78 340 336 330 327 318 HB
Rp 0.2 880 750 100 150 200 250 300 mm
Test at C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Tempering table values at room temperature for round 25 mm after quenching at 860 C in oil.
HB 543 525 520 512 496 482 468 450 432 400 371 336 301 286
HRC 54 53 52.5 52 51 50 49 47.5 46 43 40 36 32 30
R N/mm2 2010 1950 1900 1880 1820 1760 1700 1600 1520 1390 1250 1110 1010 950
Kv +20 J 9 9 9 8 9 14 20 30
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)]106 12.8 13.0 13.8 14.0 14.2 14.4 14.5
Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 210000 196000 177000
Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 81000 75200 68000
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 300 400 500 600 700
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric resistivity Conductivity
J(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 34.0 33.4 33.0 0.19 5.26
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
1.2312
138 Part two Hot-work tool steels
Technical card
32CrMoV12-28
Quality 32CrMoV12-28
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2365 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V%
max max
0.28-0.35 0.10-0.40 0.15-0.45 0.030 0.020 2.70-3.20 2.50-3.00 0.40-0.70
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.04
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Stress relieving annealing
forming see table annealing must be done after machining
1050-900 I heating up to 400 pause, after immediately after 600-650 and before quenching
II heating up to 800 pause quenching furnace cooling
after 1030-1050 minimum 2 cycles to 350 after, air
oil, polymer
Soft Stress Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving1) welding after welding
780-800 furnace cooling 50 C under 350-380 1)
Mechanical properties
Tempering table after quenching at 1040 C in oil.
HB 518 525 496 489 489 496 504 504 496 482 432 432 371
HRC 52.5 52 51 50.5 50.5 51 51.5 51.5 51 50 49 46 40
R N/mm2 1880 1820 1790 1790 1820 1850 1850 1820 1760 1700 1520 1250
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CDV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 H10
1.2365
Part two Hot-work tool steels 139
Technical card
X38CrMoV5-3
Quality X38CrMoV5-3
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2367 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V%
max max
0.35-0.42 0.30-0.50 0.30-0.50 0.030 0.020 4.80-5.20 2.70-3.20 0.40-0.60
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.04
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Stress relieving annealing
forming see table annealing must be done after machining
1100-900 Heating up to 850 pause, Immediately after 600-650 and before quenching
after 1030-1080 oil, quenching furnace cooling
polymer, vacuum minimum 2 cycles to 300 after
10 C/min. air
Soft Stress Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving1) welding after welding
800 furnace cooling 50 C under 350 1)
Mechanical properties
Tempering table values at room temperature for round 25 mm after quenching at 1040 C in oil.
HB 577 560 543 512 512 512 512 525 543 543 543 512 432
HRC 56 55 54 52 52 52 52 53 54 54 54 52 46
R N/mm2 2160 2070 2010 1880 1880 1880 1880 1950 2010 2010 2010 1880 1520
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)]106 11.5 12.0 12.2 12.5 12.9 13.0 13.2
Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 210000 175000 166000
Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 80000 67000 64000
R N/mm2 1600 1350 1150 900 700
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1150 950 700 580
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X38CrMoV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 Z38CDV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3
1.2367
140 Part two Hot-work tool steels
Technical card
54NiCrMoV6
Quality 54NiCrMoV6
According to standards Trafilix
Number 1.2711 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% V%
max max
0.50-0.60 0.15-0.35 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.025 0.60-0.80 0.25-0.35 1.50-1.80 0.07-0.12
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Quenching Tempering
forming see table
1000-850 heating up to 650 870-900 immediately after
pause, after 830-870 air quenching
oil, polymer minimum 2 cycles
(HRC 52-58) (HRC 44-50)
Soft Stress relieving Stress relieving must be Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing done after machining welding after welding
660-700 furnace cooling 670 furnace cooling and before quenching 350 650 furnace cooling
to 150 after air to 300 after air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 720 790 280 50
Mechanical properties
Tempering table
HB 482 432 400 371 336 quenching in oil
HRC 50 46 43 40 36 quenching in oil
N/mm2 1760 1520 1390 1250 1110 quenching in oil
HB 455 409 381 353 327 quenching in air
HRC 48 44 41 38 35 quenching in air
N/mm2 1640 1430 1300 1180 1080 quenching in air
Tempering to C 400 500 550 600 650
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
54NiCrMoV6 54NiCrMoV6
1.2711
Part two Hot-work tool steels 141
Technical card
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
Quality 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
According to standards EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2738 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.35-0.45 0.20-0.40 1.30-1.60 0.035 0.035 1.80-2.10 0.15-0.25 0.90-1.20
0.03 0.03 0.08 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07 0.03 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
By agreement, the sulphur content can be increased to 0.05-0.10%.
Temperature C
Hot Normalizing Quenching Tempering Tempering
forming
1050-850 850-900 840-860 860-880 500-600
air oil or polymer calm air calm air
or forced minimum 2 cycles
Soft Stress Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving welding after welding
710-740 furnace cooling 50 C under 250-300 500 furnace cooling
max 20 C/h to 600 after air the temperature Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 235) of tempering 705 795 215 20
Mechanical properties
Heat treatment: quenching at 850 C in oil, tempering at 600 C.
N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv longitudinal J HB at the depth mm
R 1020 900 18 20 25 35 40 50 75 340 340 340 336 330 310 HB
Rp 0.2 900 760 100 200 300 400 500 600 mm
Test at C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Tempering table values at room temperature for round 25 mm after quenching at 860 C in oil.
HB 512 512 504 482 475 468 448 432 409 390 353 319 286
HRC 52 52 51.5 50 49,5 49 47,5 46 44 42 38 34 30
R N/mm2 1880 1880 1850 1760 1730 1700 1600 1520 1430 1340 1180 1050 950
Kv +20 J 10 10 10 10 10 14 20 32
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)]106 12.8 13.0 13.4 13.8 14.0 14.2 14.2 14.5
Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 210000 196000 177000
Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 81000 75200 67900
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 300 400 500 600 700
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric resistivity Conductivity
J(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.83 32 31.1 30 0.19 5.26
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
1.2738
142 Part two Hot-work tool steels
Technical card
45NiCrMo16
Quality 45NiCrMo16
According to standards EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2767 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.40-0.50 0.10-0.40 0.20-0.50 0.030 0.030 1.20-1.50 0.15-0.35 3.80-4.30
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07 0.03 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
forming annealing after machining and before
1050-850 heating up to 680 immediately after quenching 630 furnace quenching
pause, after 840-870 200-600 air cooling to 350
oil, polymer (HRC 54-58) minimum 2 cycles after air
forced air (HRC 53-57)
Soft Stress Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving welding after welding
630-650 50 C under 350 550 furnace cooling
air the temperature Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 285) of tempering 640 740 250 30
Mechanical properties
Tempering table values at room temperature for round 25 mm after quenching at 880 C in oil.
HB 577 577 560 543 512 482 455 432 409 390 371 353
HRC 56 56 55 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38
R N/mm2 2160 2160 2070 2010 1880 1760 1640 1520 1430 1340 1250 1180
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity Specific electric resistivity Conductivity
J(kgK) kg/dm3 W/(mK) ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 28 0.30 3.33
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16
1.2767
Part two Hot-work tool steels 143
Technical card
35NiCrMoV12-5
Quality 35NiCrMoV12-5
According to standards Werkstoff Trafilix
Number 1.6959 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% V%
max max
0,30-0,40 0,15-0,35 0,40-0,70 0,015 0,015 1,00-1,40 0,35-0,60 2,50-3,50 0,08-0,20
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress Stress relieving must be done
forming see table relieving after machining and before
1100-900 heating up to 650 immediately after quenching 680 furnace quenching
pause, after 850 minimum 2 cycles cooling to 300
oil, polymer, after air
forced air
Soft Stress Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving welding after welding
750 furnace cooling 50 C under the 300 550 furnace cooling
max 20 C/h to 600, temperature of tempering, Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
pause, after air furnace cooling 710 800 320 100
(HB max 240) max 20 C/h
to 300, after air
Flame and induction Nitriding
hardening
850-870 500-530
water, oil
Mechanical properties
Tempering table values at room temperature after quenching at 850 C in oil.
HB 468 435 420 381 375
HRC 49 46.5 44.5 41 38.5
N/mm2 1700 1550 1460 1300 1200
Tempering at C 450 500 550 600 650
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric resistivity Conductivity
J(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 24.7 24.3 23.9 0.19 5.26
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
35NiCrMoV12-5 35NiCrMoV12-5 38ChN3MFA
1.6959
COLD-WORK TOOL STEELS
Technical card
35CrMo7
Quality 35CrMo7
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2302 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0,30-0,40 0,30-0,70 0,60-1,00 0,030 0,030 1,50-2,00 0,35-0,55
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 860 C in oil
HB 496 482 482 468 461 455 437 421 400 381 353 327 286
HRC 51 50 50 49 48.5 48 46.5 45 43 41 38 35 30
N/mm2 1820 1760 1760 1700 1670 1640 1550 1480 1390 1300 1180 1080 950
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
35CrMo7 35CrMo8KU 5CrMnMo 40CrMnMo7 4H2GM
146 Part two Cold-work tool steels
Technical card
40CrMnMo7
Quality 40CrMnMo7
According to standards Werkstoff Trafilix
Number 1.2311 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.35-0.45 0.20-0.40 1.30-1.60 0.035 0.035 1.80-2.10 0.15-0.25
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching 1) Tempering 1) Quenching 2) Stress relieving 2)
after machining and
before quenching
1050-850 840-870 650-670 860-880 180-220
oil or polymer calm air calm air calm air
s.b. (180-210) minimum 2 cycles or faster
Soft Stress Normalizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving test welding after welding
720-780 furnace 50 under the 850-900 250-300 650 furnace cooling
cooling 20h temperature of Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) tempering 760 800 260 140
s.b. = salt bath
Mechanical properties
Heat treatment: quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 600 C
Means values to 1/2 tickness on round 400 mm
N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv J in longitudinal HB at the depth mm
R 1000 890 8 20 30 40 50 60 75 294 286 264 min
Rp 0.2 880 750 336 327 311 max
C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 100 200 300 prof. mm
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 12.8 13.0 13.4 13.8 14.0 14.2 14.4 14.5
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 210000 196000 177000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 81000 75200 67900
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 300 400 500 600 700
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric Conductivity
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.83 34 33.4 33 0.19 5.26
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
35CrMo8 35CrMo8KU (5CrMnMo) 40CrMnMo7 40H2GM
Part two Cold-work tool steels 147
Technical card
100CrMo7
Quality 100CrMo7
According to standards ISO 683-17: 2001 Trafilix
Number B5 (1.3537) Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Cu% Al%
max max max max
0.93-1.05 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.025 0.015 1.65-1.95 0.15-0.30 0.30 0.050
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 +0.03 +0.010
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Pre-heating Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
annealing after machining and
1100-850 400 850 150-220 600-650 before final heat treatment
stop in furnace oil, polymer or calm air furnace cooling
after 850 s.b. 500-550
Soft Isothermal +AC +C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +AC Ann. Cold-drawn welding after welding
730 800 furnace cooling to 720 250-300 650 furnace cooling
air after furnace to 600 after, air Ac1 start Ac1 end Ms Mf
(HB max 217) (HB max 251) 755 785 200 -10 b)
s.b. = salt bath
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 850 C in oil
HB 739 739 722 670 615 595 613 512 482 432 415 344 286 253
HRC 65 65 64 61 58 57 56 52 50 46 44.5 37 30 25
R N/mm2 2000 2400 2430 2300 2150 1950 1770 1610 1450 1240 1000 840
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2050 2150 2090 1960 1810 1650 1500 1350 1150 900 750
A % 3.0 4.6 6.4 9.0 12.5 16.5
C % 15 20 30 38 44 52
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
HRC from surface to heart for different quenched at 850 C in oil Hardening in oil on round
Variations in hardness show the mass effect 20 mm
mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 C HRC
20 66 66 65.5 800 62
30 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 820 64
40 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 65 840 65.5
50 65.5 64 62 61 60.5 60.5 850 66
60 64.5 63 58.5 54 52 51.5 51 860 66
80 62.5 58 50.5 47.5 46 45 44.5 44 43.5 880 66
100 61 56 49 46.5 45 44.5 43.5 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 900 65
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
100CrMo7 100CrMo7 GC18Mo 100CrMo7 100CD7 A485(3)
110W4 KU 148 Part two Cold-work tool steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% W% V% a)
max max max max max max
0.95-1.25 0.40 0.35 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.90-1.20 0.20
0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 + 0.05 0.07 + 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
a) optional.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress Pre-heating Quenching 1) Quenching 2) Stress relieving
relieving for 1) and 2)
1050-850 600-650 400 780-820 810-830 180
calm air after 1) or 2) water oil or polymer calm air
min. 2 cycles
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
720 furnace cooling 250-300 650 furnace cooling
to 500 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) 750 780 200 10 b)
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 820 C in oil
HB 758 748 714 679 634 595 560 518 482 442 400 362
HRC 66 65.5 63.5 61.5 59 57 55 52.5 50 47 43 39
N/mm2 2420 2240 2070 1915 1760 1580 1390 1220
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
110W4KU 120WV4 B-F1 F1
Part two Cold-work tool steels 149
Technical card
90MnCrV8
Quality 90MnCrV8
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2842 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% V% Ni%
max max
0.85-0.95 0.10-0.40 1.80-2.20 0.030 0.030 0.20-0.50 0.05-0.20
0.03 0.03 0.08 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.02
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Stress relieving
After machining and
before quenching
1050-850 650 furnace cooling 400 pause 790-820 180-220
to 320 after, air after 650 pause oil, polymer or calm air
after salt bath (200-250 C) minimum 2 cycles
Soft Isothermal Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing welding after welding
700 780 furnace cooling to 250-300 650 furnace cooling
calm air 690 pause, furnace Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) cooling a 650 air (HB max 220) 720 750 190 20 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be 249 max
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering after quenching at 790 C in oil
HB 739 722 706 688 654 595 543 496 390 353
HRC 65 64 63 62 60 57 54 51 42 38
N/mm2 2240 2010 1820 1340 1180
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
90MnCrV8 90MnCrV8KU 9MnV 90MnCrV8 90MV8 B-O 2 02
150 Part two Cold-work tool steels
Technical card
X38CrMo16
Quality X38CrMo16
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2316 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max max max
0.33-0.45 1.00 1.50 0.030 0.030 15.50-17.50 0.80-1.30 1.00
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.15 0.05 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
By agreement upon the Sulphur value can be increased and the Nickel value can be omitted.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching 1) Tempering 1) Quenching 2) Stress relieving 2)
After machining and
before quenching
1050-850 1000-1050 550-650 1000-1050 170-210
oil or polymer calm air calm air or calm air
s.b. (500-550) minimum 2 cycles forced air
Soft Stress Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving test welding after welding
790-840 50 under the 250-300 650 furnace cooling
furnace cooling temperature of Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) tempering 810 900 260 40
s.b. = salt bath
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering after quenching at 1040 C in oil
HB 468 468 455 442 432 432 432 432 442 448 371 301
HRC 49 49 48 47 46 46 46 46 47 47.5 40 32
N/mm2 1700 1700 1640 1580 1520 1520 1520 1520 1580 1610 1250 1010
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 10.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.8 11.9 12.4 12.9
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 223000 218000 212000 205000 197000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 85000 84000 81000 79000 75000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X38CrMo16 X38CrMo16 1KU X38CrMo16 40H16M
Part two Cold-work tool steels 151
Technical card
X153CrMoV12
Quality X153CrMoV12
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number (1.2379) Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V%
max max
1.45-1.60 0.10-0.60 0.20-0.60 0.030 0.030 11.0-13.0 0.70-1.00 0.70-1.00
0.04 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.15 0.05 0.04
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1) Stress Soft
after machining and relieving 1) annealing
before quenching
1050-900 650-700 400 pause 1000-1040 180-250 790-840
furnace cooling after 800 pause oil, polymer calm air calm air
320 air after 1) or 2) or air min. 2 cycles (HB max 255)
Quenching 2) Tempering 2) Stress relieving 2) Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
solution A solution B annealing welding after welding
1060-1090 520 180-250 870 furnace cooling to 250-300 650 furnace cooling
oil or polymer calm air calm air 760 pause, furnace cooling
to 720 air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 250) 800 840 200 10 b)
b)subcooling
* The symbol indicates the temperature increase up to . C.
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering after quenching at 1020 C in oil
HB 722 714 706 688 670 654 624 624 644 644 605 482
HRC 64 63.5 63 62 61 60 58.5 58.5 59.5 59.5 57.5 50
N/mm2 2375 2375 2285 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 10.5 11.0 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.0
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 210000 196000 170000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 80000 75200 65200
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric Conductivity
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 400 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.7 22.3 24.1 0.65 1.54
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X153CrMoV12 X155CrVMo121 Cr12MoV X155CrVMo121 X160CrMoV121 BD 2 H12MF D2
152 Part two Cold-work tool steels
X153CrMoV12. 850
Taken from GERDAU. Ac3
800 pearlite 1%
Ac1
750 Ar3 255
pearlite pearlite
700 50% 300
Ar1 99%
650 345
hardness HV
600
550
500
450
400
350
bainite 1%
300
250
Ms
200
150
M 50%
temperature C
100
50
M 85%
0
time 1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [s]
1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [m]
1 2 4 8 16 32 [h]
+ 0,10
+ 0,05
dimensional variation %
0,00
- 0,05
tempering 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
temperature [ c]
Dimensional variation in %
Round 50 mm quenched in oil at 1000 C. Two tempering operations for 2 h taken from GERDAU.
Part two Cold-work tool steels 153
Technical card
X210Cr12
Quality X210Cr12
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2080 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% V% Ni%
max max
1.90-2.20 0.10-0.60 0.20-0.60 0.030 0.030 11.0-13.0
0.05 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.15
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1) Quenching 2) Stress
after machining and relieving
before quenching for 1) and 2)
1050-950 650 400 pause 940-970 960 180-300
furnace cooling after 800 pause oil or polymer air or s.b. (220-250) calm air
to 320 after, air after 1) or 2) s.b. (500-550) for dimens. minimum 2 cycles
< 25 mm
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 10.5 11.0 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.0
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 210000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 80000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X210Cr12 X205Cr12KU C12 X210Cr12 Z200C12 BD 3 H12 D3
154 Part two Cold-work tool steels
Technical card
58SiMo8 KU
Quality 58SiMo8 KU
According to standards UNI 2955 pt.3: 1982 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max ~
0.50-0.65 1.70-2.10 0.70-0.90 0.030 0.030 0.30 0.25-0.45
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1) Quenching 2) Tempering
after machining and for 1) and 2)
before quenching
1100-900 630 furnace 400 pause 840-860 860-900 250-450
cooling after 1) or 2) water oil or calm air
to 330 after, air polymer min. 2 cycles
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 870 C in oil
HB 670 654 634 620 615 595 582 543 482 442 409 366 319
HRC 61 60 59 58.5 58 57 56.5 54 50 47 44 39.5 34
N/mm2 2420 2380 2330 2240 2200 2010 1760 1580 1430 1235 1050
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
58SiMo8KU 60SiCr8 BS 5 S5
Part two Cold-work tool steels 155
Technical card
60WCrV8
Quality 60WCrV8
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.2550 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% V% W%
max max ~
0.55-0.65 0.70-1.00 0.15-0.45 0.030 0.030 0.90-1.20 0.10-0.20 1.70-2.20
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.02 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Stress
after machining and relieving
before quenching
1050-900 650 furnace cooling 400 pause 870-900 180-250
to 350 after, air after oil or polymer calm air
minimum 2 cycles
Soft Isothermal Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
750 820 furnace cooling 250-300 630 furnace cooling
calm air to 740 pause, furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) to 700 after, air (HB 220-230) 770 820 270 50
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 249 max
* The symbol indicates the temperature increase up to . C.
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering 25 mm after quenching at 890 C in oil
HB 697 688 679 654 634 605 577 543 482
HRC 62.5 62 61.5 60 59 57.5 56 54 50
N/mm2 2420 2285 2160 2010 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
60WCrV8 58WCr9KU 6CrW2Si 60WCrV7 55WC20 6HV2FS S1
156 Part two Cold-work tool steels
Technical card
C45U
Quality C45U
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number 1.1730 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.42-0.50 0.15- 0.40 0.60-0.80 0.030 0.030
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming State of Quenching Stress
employment and Tempering relieving
1100-850 normally, be natural 830 oil, tempering 450 C 50 C under the
R 650 N/mm2 temperature of
Rp 0.2 560 N/mm2 temp.
Soft Soft Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing +A annealing +A+C quenching tempering welding after welding
690 hardness of cold-drawn 810 10 180 10 250 550 furnace cooling
air material can be HB 227 max water HRC min 54 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 207) higher than +A 720 780 320 20
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for thickness 10 mm after quenching at 810 C in water
HB 624 615 577 543 512 455 432 390 362 327
HRC 58.5 58 56 54 52 48 46 42 39 35
N/mm2 2375 2330 2160 2010 1880 1640 1520 1340 1220 1080
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C45U C45U (45) Y3 42 C45U 45G-U 1045
HIGH-SPEED STEELS
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% W% Co%
max max max max
0.87-0.95 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.10 5.90-6.70 4.50-5.00
0.03 + 0.03 +0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.07 0.10 0.10
Permissible deviations on the product.
The sulphur value can be agreed upon S% 0.060 - 0.150 in such case the Mn value is max 0.80%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Tempering
after machining and Heatings must be done in
before quenching controlled-atmosphere
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1190-1230 550-580
furnace cooling after 870 pause oil, polymer, calm air
to 320 air after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles
after at 500-550
Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing welding after welding
820 furnace cooling 870 furnace cooling All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
to 600 after, air to 700 annealed after hot forming Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 269) after, air 825 855 190 50 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 319 max. Hardness of annealed and cold rolled material can be HB 339
b) subcooling
Surface treatments
Nitriding Steam Crome-plating
Oxidation Burnishing
520-570 380-520 Laser quenching
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at 1210 C in oil for round 15 mm
HB 688 688 688 688 688 688 688 688 697 722 739 706 577 432
HRC 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62.5 64 65 63 56 46
N/mm2 2160 1520
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.5 11.7 12.2 12.4 12.7 13.0 12.9
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 217000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 83000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
HS 6-5-2-5 HS 6-5-2-5 W6Mo5Cr4V2Co5 HS 6-5-2-5 Z90WDKCV06-05-05-04-02 BM35 R6M5K5 M35-M41
Part two High-speed steels 159
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% W% Co%
max max max max
1.05-1.15 0.70 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.50-4.50 9.0-10.0 0.90-1.30 1.20-1.90 7.50-8.50
0.03 + 0.03 +0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.10
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Tempering
after machining and Heatings must be done in
before quenching controlled-atmosphere furnace
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1170-1210 530-560
furnace cooling after 860 pause oil, polymer, calm air
to 320 after, air after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles
after at 500-550
Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing welding after welding
820 furnace cooling 890 furnace cooling All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
600 afterr, air to 650 annealed after hot forming Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 277) after air 780 860 160 10 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 327 max. Hardness of annealed and cold-rolled material can be HB 347
b) subcooling
* The symbol indicates the temperature increase up to . C.
Surface treatments
Nitriding Steam Crome-plating
Oxidation Burnishing
520-570 380-520 Laser quenching
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 15 mm after quenching at 1190 C in oil
HB 679 679 679 679 679 670 670 679 706 722 543 482
HRC 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61 61 61.5 63 67.5 69 64 54 50
N/mm2 2010 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.0 11.5 11.9 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.5
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 217000
Mod. of elasticity tangenzial N/mm2 83000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
HS 2-9-1-8 HS 2-9-1-8 W2Mo9Cr4VCo8 HS 2-10-1-8 Z110DKCWV09-08-04-02-01 BM42 M42
Technical card
HS 6-5-2C
Quality HS 6-5-2C
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
Number (1.3343) Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% W% Co%
max max max max
0.86-0.94 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.10 5.90-6.70
0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.07 0.10
Permissible deviations on the product.
The sulphur value can be agreed upon S% 0.060-0.150 in such case the Mn value is max 0.80%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1 Tempering 2 Tempering
after machining and Heatings must be done
before quenching in controlled-atmosphere immediately after
quenching
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1180-1230 540-560 500-550
furnace cooling after 850 pause oil, polymer, calm air calm air
to 400 after air after 1050 pause air forced or salt
after bath at 500-550
Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing welding after welding
820 furnace 870 furnace All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
cooling to 550 cooling annealed after hot forming
after air to 700 air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 269) (HB 230-280) 800 845 210 30 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 319 max. Hardness of annealed and cold rolled material can be HB 339
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 15 mm after quenching at 1210 C in oil
HB 722 706 670 688 697 722 739 722 688 560 442
HRC 64 63 61 62 62.5 64 65 64 62 55 47
N/mm2 2070 1580
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 525 550 575 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11 11.7 12 12.4 12.7 13.0 13.4 13.4
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 217000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 83000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
HS 6-5-2C HS 6-5-2 CW6Mo5Cr4V2 HS 6-5-2 1.3343 Z90WDCV06.05.02 BM2 R6M5 M2
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% W% Co%
max max max max
1.20-1.35 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 3.20-3.90 3.00-3.50 9.00-10.00 9.50-10.50
0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.15
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Tempering
after machining and Heatings must be done in
before quenching controlled-atmosphere
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1210-1240 550-570
furnace cooling after 860 pause oil, polymer, calm air
after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles
after at 500-550
Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing welding after welding
770-840 All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
air annealed after hot forming Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 302) 830 870 160 55 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 352 max. Hardness of annealed and cold rolled material can be HB 372
b) subcooling
Mechanical properties
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 15 mm after quenching at 1230 C in oil
HB 722 722 714 706 688 679 688 706 739 758 758 739 688 560
HRC 64 64 63.5 63 62 61.5 62 63 65 66 66 65 62 55
N/mm2 2070
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 9.6 10.0 10.1 10.3 10.5 10.7 10.7
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 217000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 83000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 1.3207 Z130WKCDV 10.10.04.04.03 BT42 r12F3K10M3-SCh
Technical card
X8CrNiS18-9
Quality X8CrNiS18-9 AISI 303 Austenitic
According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Trafilix
Number 1.4305 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Cu%
max max max max max max
0,10 1,00 2,00 0,045 0,15-0,35 17,0-19,0 0,11 8,0-10,0 1,00
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.02 0.20 0.01 0.10 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Solubilization Stabilization Hardening Welding
range Pre-heating Stress relieving
1440-1460 1200-900 1150-1040 900 can be increased not recommended
water air only by
controlled atmosphere cold drawing
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min max
160 500-700 190 35 230 solubilization
a) for information only
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X8CrNiS18-9 X10CrNiS18-09 Y1Cr18Ni9 X10CrNiS18-9 Z8CNF18-09 303S31 303
% Ferrite
Nickel eq. %Ni + (30 x %C) + (30 x %N) + (0,5 x %Mn)
24 0
2
Austenite 4
6
20 8
10
12
14
16
Austenite
+ Ferrite
12
18 20 22 24 25
Chromium eq. %Cr + %Mo + (1,5 x %Si) + (0,5 x %Nb)
A deep study of the chemical analysis is the best way to prevent (delta) ferrite presence in the finished product.
As you can notice from the graphic some elements brought to the maximum or to the minimum of the analysis forks fixed for the chosen steel
can act modifying equivalent Ni and equivalent Cr values.An accurate choice of targets during cast planning phase can prevent material brit-
tleness caused by delta ferrite shaping.
Part two Stainless steels 165
Technical card
X5CrNi18-10
Quality X5CrNi18-10 AISI 304 Austenitic
According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Trafilix
Number 1.4301 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Cu%
max max max max max max
0,07 1,00 2,00 0,045 0,030 17,5-19,5 0,11 8,0-10,5
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.20 0.01 0.10
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Solubilization Stabilization Hardening Welding
range Pre-heating Stress relieving
1400-1420 1180-950 1030-1070 900 can be increased not demanded slow cooling
water air only by
controlled atmosphere cold drawing
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005
size Testing at room temperature
mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T max
160 500-700 190 45 100 215 solubilization
160 250 500-700 190 35 60 215 solubilization
a) for information only
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 17.2 17.6 17.8 18.0 18.2 18.6
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 193000 186000 179000 172000 165000 154000 127000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 86200 83000 80000 76800 73700 60000 50000
Specific electric resist. ohmmm2/m 0.72 0.78 0.86 1.00 1.11 1.21 1.26
Conductivity siemensm/mm2 1.39 1.28 1.16 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79
Specific heat capacity J/(kgK) 500 510 550 585 630
Mean coefficient of linear exp. 106/K 16.8 17.8 18.8 20.2
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 900
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X5CrNi18-10 X5CrNi18-10 0Cr18Ni9 X5CrNi18-10 Z5CN18-09 304S15 07H18-09 304
Indicative diagram of
work-hardness by cold drawing
R N/mm2
2000
AISI 303
AISI 304
AISI 316
1500
AISI 420
1000
500
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 reduction (%)
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 Part two Stainless steels 167
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Mo%
max max max max max max
0,07 1,00 2,00 0,045 0,030 16,5-18,5 0,11 10,0-13,0 2,0-2,5
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.20 0.01 0.15 0.10
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Solubilization Stabilization Hardening Welding
range Pre-heating Stress relieving
1400-1420 1200-900 1100-1050 900 can be increased not demanded slow cooling
water air only by
controlled atmosphere cold drawing
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005
size Testing at room temperature
mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T max
160 500-700 200 40 100 215 solubilization
160 250 500-700 200 30 60 215 solubilization
a) for information only
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 X5CrNiMo17 12 0Cr17Ni12Mo2 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 Z7CND17-12-02 316S31 07H16N12M2 316
24
austenite
20%
21
Nichel eq. = %Ni + (30 x %C) + (30 x %N) + (0,5 x %Mn)
40%
18
15 80%
A+M
12
A+F
martensite 100%
9
6 A + M +F
3 F+ M+F ferrite
M
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
Chromium eq. = %Cr + %Mo + (1,5 x %Si) + (0,5 x %Nb)
This diagram is divided in three main areas which correspond to the three different structures of the weld bead: austenitic, ferritic and marten-
sitic. Thanks to this calculation method, it is possible to determine before-hand the structures which are likely to be present in the weld bead
and therefore to correctly choose the weld material according to the final structure one wants to obtain.
The presence of an austenitic structure means that the material has a low thermal conductivity and a high thermal expansion coefficient;
for this reason, a weld material with the same chemical composition should be used.
The presence of high quantities of ferrite in the weld material can be negative from the standpoint of resistance to corrosion and its duc-
tility.
The presence of a certain quantity of martensite in the weld material causes a worsening of the mechanical properties and the forma-
tion of hard and fragile areas.
According to the metals initial composition, it is possible to have these different structures simultaneously.
Part two Stainless steels 169
Technical card
X12CrS13
Quality X12CrS13 AISI 416 Martensitic
According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Trafilix
Number 1.4005 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Mo%
max max max max
0,06-0,15 1,00 1,50 0,040 0,15-0,35 12,0-14,0 0,60
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.02 0.15 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Welding
range Pre-heating Stress relieving
1470-1490 1150-900 920-980 980-1010 I 680
air oil or polymer II 660 300 600
Stress Soft Full Spheroidizing min. 2 temp.
relieving annealing annealing for dim. >200 mm
210-250 750-780 air 850-870 slow cooling 885 furnace Ac1 Ms Mf
air (HB max 220) (HB 135-160) 595 after, air 820 330 175
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005
size Testing at room temperature
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L max
730 max 220 a) +A annealed
160 650-850 450 12 +QT 650 quenching and tempering
a) for information only
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 980 C in oil
R N/mm2 1490 1450 1420 1410 1430 1450 1420 1150 860 740 690
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1210 1170 1150 1150 1160 1180 1140 870 650 550 500
A % 10.8 10.8 10.9 12.0 12.5 13.0 16.0 16.5 18.0 20.0 21.5
Kv % 25 30 26 19 18 17 18 20 31 49 90
Testing at C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X12CrS13 X12CrS13 Y1Cr13 X12CrS13 Z11CF13 416S21 416
125
g
100 erin
te mp
and
ing
nch
que
80
g
KCU (J)
alin
60 ne
an
40
0
150 100 50 0 50 100
Temperature
Part two Stainless steels 171
Technical card
X20Cr13
Quality X20Cr13 AISI 420 Martensitic
According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Trafilix
Number 1.4021 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Mo%
max max max max
0,16-0,25 1,00 1,50 0,040 0,030 12,0-14,0
0.02 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.15
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Welding
range Pre-heating Stress relieving
1460-1490 1150-880 900-980 air 950-1050 oil I 700
or polymer II 650 300 700
Stress Soft Full Spheroidizing
relieving annealing annealing
150-250 740-820 air 870-900 slow cool. 860 furnace cool. Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air (HB max 230) (HB 170-200) to 650 after, air 790 850 240 205
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L Jmin L max
760 max 230 +A annealed
160 700-850 500 13 25 +QT quenched and tempered R 700
160 800-950 600 12 20 +QT quenched and tempered R 800
a) for information only
Cold processed bright bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R HB a) R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 max max N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min L J min T
10 b) 910 290 750-1000 600 8
10 16 910 290 750-1000 550 8
16 40 850 260 700-950 500 10 25
40 63 800 250 700-900 500 12 25
63 160 760 230 700-850 500 13 25
+A annealed +QT 700 quenching and tempering
a) for information only
b) In the range 1 mm d < 5 mm valid only for rounds the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 970 C in oil
R N/mm2 1620 1600 1560 1540 1550 1570 1500 1230 910 780 700
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1330 1290 1270 1260 1260 1250 1200 910 680 590 560
A % 10.5 12.0 13.0 12.0 11.5 10.5 12.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 22.0
Kv % 24 26 27 26 19 18 16 19 25 33 50
Testing at C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
172 Part two Stainless steels
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X20Cr13 X20Cr13 2Cr13 X20Cr13 Z20C13 420S37 20H13 420
1000 F+C
Ac3 = 850
C P
temperature C
600
200
400
Ms
200 Mf 472 420
470
509 503 475 230
time h 1 10 24
Part two Stainless steels 173
Technical card
X6Cr17
Quality X6Cr17 AISI 430 Ferritic
According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Trafilix
Number 1.4016 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Mo%
max max max max max
0,08 1,00 1,00 0,040 0,030 16,0-18,0
0.01 + 0.05 + 0.03 + 0.005 0.005 0.20
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Recrystallization Welding
range annealing Pre-heating Stress relieving
1460-1490 1100-950 750-850 air not demanded slow cooling
(HB max 200)
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 +A annealing Mechanical properties on annealed material obtained at,
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) different temperatures (for information only)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB a) Test R Rp 0.2 A Z
from to N/mm 2 2
N/mm min min L max temperature C N/mm2 N/mm2 % %
100 400-630 240 20 200 + 20 455 266 37 73
a) for information only 0 483 280 37 72
40 532 287 36 72
60 567 308 36 70
190 630 609 0 4
Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature EN 10088-3: 2005 EN 10250-4: 2001
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 220 215 210 205 200 195 190 hot-rolled and forged
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
174 Part two Stainless steels
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X6Cr17 X8Cr17 1Cr17 X6Cr17 Z8C17 430S17 08H17 430
160
130
austenitic steels
AISI 303 - 304 - 316
90
impact Kv J
60
martensitic steels
AISI 416 - 420 - 431
30
ferritic steels
AISI 430
15
0
200 150 100 50 0 + 50 + 100
temperature C
Part two Stainless steels 175
Technical card
X17CrNi16-2
Quality X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Martensitic
According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Trafilix
Number 1.4057 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Mo%
max max max max
0,12-0,22 1,00 1,50 0,040 0,030 15,0-17,0 1,50-2,50
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.20 0.07
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Welding
range Pre-heating Stress relieving
1440-1460 1100-900 950-1000 980-1030 600-670 (R 900) 300 600
air oil or polymer 740-790 (R 800)
Stress relieving Soft annealing Soft annealing
210-250 750-780 air 620-670 Ac1 Ms Mf
air (HB 240-295) short stay time (HB 240-285) long stay time 725 145 105
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min max
950 max 295 a) +A annealing
60 800-950 600 14 25 +QT quenching and tempering R 800
60 160 800-950 600 12 20
60 900-1050 700 12 20 +QT quenching and tempering R 900
60 160 900-1050 700 10 15
a) for information only
Table of tempering value at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 1000 C in oil
R N/mm2 1400 1360 1320 1320 1325 1300 1250 1100 930 800 690
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1160 1160 1155 1140 1110 1080 1000 880 760 680 590
A % 9.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.0 12.0 12.0 13.5 15.0 16.0 16.5
Kv % 10 12 13 13 12 11 12 16 23 25 30
Tempering at C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature EN 10088-3: 2005
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 515 495 475 460 440 405 355 resistance at 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 565 525 505 490 470 430 375 resistance at 900
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
176 Part two Stainless steels
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
X17CrNi16-2 X17CrNi16-2 1Cr17CrNi16-2 X17CrNi16-2 Z15CN16-2 431S29 17HI6N2 431
R R N/mm2
Tensile strenght increase of resistance after quenching and tempering
1200
1000
AISI 431
800
AISI 420
600 AISI 416
AISI 303 AISI 304 AISI 316
The friction coefficient is higher in stainless steels than in low-allow steels. The heat generated by the contact between the chip and the tool
takes time to disappear because thermal conductivity of stainless steels is lower. The temperature increase speeds tool wear up. Due to their
ductility, these steels originate a quite strong chip, difficult to break.
Stainless Steel type - surface finish EN 10088-3: 2005
178
Symbol Type of process route Surface finish Product form Recommended use and observations
2) 1) A B C D
1U Hot-formed, not heat treated, not descaled Covered with scale (spot ground if x x x Suitable for products to be further hot-formed.
1C Hot-formed, not heat treated 3), necessary). Suitable for products to be further processed (hot or cold).
not descaled Not free of surface defects. x x x
1E Hot-formed, not heat treated 3), mechanically Largely free of scale (but some black x x
descaled. spots may remain).
Not free of surface.
1D Hot-formed, not heat treated 3) pickled, Free of scale (spot ground if x Products used in their present condition or to be further
coated (optional) necessary). Not free of surface defects. processed (hot or cold).
1X Hot-formed, not heat treated 3) rough Free of scale (but some marks left from x
Hot-formed
machined 4) machining may remain).
Part two Stainless steels
1G Hot-formed, heat treated 3) descaled, rough Appearance bright, but not uniform. x x Suitable for severe applications (extrusion and/or cold or
machined 4) or shaved in the case of rod. Free of surface defects. hot heading).
Finishing by removal of material. Surface roughness can be specified.
2H Finishes 1C, 1D or 1X, cold precessed, Smooth and matt or bright. x x In products formed by cold drawing without subsequent heat
coated (optional) Not necessary polished. treatment, the tensile strength is substantially increased,
Not free of surface defects. particularly in austenitic materials, depending on the degree
of cold processing. The surface hardness be higher than
the centre hardness.
2D Finishes 2H, treated 3) pickled and skin-passed Smooth and matt or bright. x x This finish allows the restoration of the mechanical
(optional), coated (optional) Not free of surface defects. properties after cold processing. Products with good
ductility (extrusion) and specific magnetic properties.
2B Finishes 1C, 1D or 1X, cold precessed, Smooth, uniform and bright. x Products used in their present condition or intended for better
mechanically smoothed Free of surface defects. finishing. In products formed by cold drawing without
subsequent heat treatment, the tensile strength is
substantially increased, particularly in austenitic materials,
Cold processed
depending on the degree of cold processing. The surface
hardness may be higher than the centre hardness.
2G Finishes 2H, 2D o 2B, centreless ground, Smooth, uniform and bright. x Finish for close tolerances. Unless otherwise agreed the
surface roughness shall be Ra 1,2.
mechanically smoothed (optional) Free of surface defects.
2P Finishes 2H, 2D, 2B or 2G, specular polishing Smoother and brighter than x Products showing a well groomed surface appearance.
finish 2B or 2G. Surface roughness shall be specified at the of enquiry
Free of surface defects. and order.
1) Not all surface finishes and process routes are available for all steels.
2) First digit 1 = Hot-formed; 2 = Cold processed
3) On ferritic, austenitic and austenitic-ferritic grades, the heat treatment may be omitted if the conditions for hot forming and subsequent cooling are such that the requirements for the mechanical
properties of the product and the resistence to intergranular corrosion are obtained.
4) Type of rough machining (grinding, peeling) is left to the manufacturer's discretion unless otherwise agreed.
* For mechanical properties see carbon steel groups, case-hardening steels and alloy steels
180 Part two Steels for chrome-plating
Technical card
Cf53
Quality Cf53
According to standards DIN 17212: 1972 Trafilix
Number 1.1213 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max
0.50-0.57 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 0.025 0.035
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1050-850 860 830 860 550-660 180
air water oil or polymer air
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 820 furnace cooling not recommended not recommended
air to 660 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 223) (HB 180-230) (HB max 260) 730 765 320 100
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for normalized condition DIN 17212: 1972
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 100 610-760 340 16 183-226
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition DIN 17212: 1972
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 740-880 510 12 25 224-263
16 40 690-830 430 14 35 210-249
40 100 640-780 400 15 40 198-232
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
C53 C53 Cf53 XC48 TS 070M55 1050
20MnVS6 Part two Steels for chrome-plating 181
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% Al% V%
max max max max
0.16-0.22 0.10- 0.45 1.30-1.70 0.025 0.020-0.040 0.50 0.15 0.30 0.020-0.050 0.10-0.20
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 900 880-930 870-920 550-660 50 under the
air oil or water air temperature of temp.
polymer
Carbonitriding Carburizing Core hardening Induction hardening Nitriding
870-880 gas 760-780 870-880 water 870-925 oil or water 490-530
150-200 tempering immediately to 150-200 after air
(HRC 60) 150-200 air (HRC 45-52) (HRC 55)
Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing welding after welding
690 800 furnace not demanded slow cooling
air cooling to 670 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 210) after, air 720 815 400 180
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled untreated +U
size Testing (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 0 C Kv 20 C HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min min
25 580 450 16 172
25 80 550 420 16 159
80 530 380 16 156
Hot-rolled normalized +N
size Testing (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 0 C Kv 20 C HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min min
25 580 450 18 40 35 27 172
25 80 550 430 18 40 35 27 159
80 530 390 18 40 35 27 156
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered +QT
size Testing (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 0 C Kv 20 C HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min min
25 700 620 16 40 35 27 213
25 80 650 570 16 40 35 27 200
80 600 520 16 40 35 27 178
Cold-drawn untreated +C
size Testing (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 0 C Kv 20 C HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min
32 700 620 10 213-260
Grain size ASTM E 112 Inclusions content DIN 50602 Corrosion resistance chromium plating
5-8 K4 < 30 Chrome thickness 0.05 mm hardness HV > 800
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
20MnVS6 20MV appr. 1.5217 (1.8915 StE 460) 20MnV6 GR55C A381
STRUCTURAL AND CONSTRUCTIONAL STEELS
SAE 1141 SAE 1116 SAE 1117 SAE 1018 SAE 1045
CB 4 FF CB 20 FF C20
Part two Structural and constructional steels 183
Technical card
SAE 1141
Quality SAE 1141*
According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr%
max
0.37-0.45 a) 1.35-1.65 0.040 0.08-0.13
0.03 0.06 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product.*
Mechanical properties ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn stress relieving cl. A
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% HB
> N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min
20 655 620 11 35 201
20 30 620 585 11 30 190
30 50 585 550 10 30 173
50 70 550 520 10 30 159
SAE 1116
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr%
max
0,14-0,20 a) 1,10-1,40 0,040 0,16-0,23
0.02 0.06 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product.*
SAE 1117
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr%
max max
0,14-0,20 a) 1,00-1,30 0,040 0,08-0,13
0.02 0.06 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product. Aspect of the distribution of sulphur.
USA AISI/SAE ITALY UNI CHINA GB GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN
SAE 1141
SAE 1116
SAE 1117
SAE 1018 184 Part two Structural and constructional steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S%
max max
0.15-0.20 a) 0.60-0.90 0.040 0.050
0.02 0.03 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product.
Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020
When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter L ex. 10L18
a) the following ranges and limits are commonly specified: 0.10 max, 0.10-0.20, 0.15-0.35, 0.20-0.40, 0.30-0.60
Temperature C
Hot forming Soft annealing Normalizing Quenching Tempering
+A
1180-900 650-700 920 880-900 oil 550-620
furnace cooling air polymer or water air
Pre-heating PWHT
welding
not demanded slow cooling
Mechanical properties
Cold-drawn stress relieved (>288 C) cl. A ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C % reduction HB
> N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min
20 485 415 18 40 147
20 30 450 380 16 40 135
30 50 415 345 15 35 123
50 75 380 310 15 35 110
Hot-rolled
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A C reduction HB Heat treatment
N/mm2 min N/mm2 min % min % min
22 634 386 27 48 197 Carburized at 925C, cooled to 250 C, pause after
water quenched and final tempering at 180 C
229 +U cold-drawn natural forming condition
180 +A annealed
30 400 220 25 116 +A normalized (J1397)
USA AISI/SAE ITALY UNI CHINA GB GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN
SAE 1018 C18 1.0453 214A15 P265NL
Part two Structural and constructional steels 185
Technical card
SAE 1045
Quality SAE 1045
According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn Trafilix
Number (1.1191) Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S%
max max
0.43-0.50 a) 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.050
0.03 0.03 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product.
Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020
When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter L ex. 10L4S
a) the following ranges and limits are commonly specified: 0.10 max, 0.10-0.20, 0.15-0.35, 0.20-0.40, 0.30-0.60
Temperature C
Hot forming Soft annealing Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress
+A relieving
1100-800 680-710 furnace 850-870 820-840 600-650 50 under the
cooling air oil polymer or air temperature
(HB max 140) water of temp.
Pre-heating Stress relieving
welding after welding
250 550 furnace cooling
Mechanical properties
Hot-rolled ASTM A 183-03 Reference only
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% HB
> N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min
all 565 310 16 40 165 +U untreated
all 760 550 12 25 226 +QT quenched and tempered
Normal draft Cold-drawn stress relieved ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 cl. A
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% HB
> N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min
20 655 585 12 35 205
20 30 620 550 11 30 195
30 50 585 520 10 30 176
50 75 550 485 10 30 162
Heavy draft Cold-drawn stress relieved ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 cl. B
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% HB
> N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min
20 795 690 10 25 239
20 30 795 690 10 25 239
30 50 795 690 10 25 239
50 75 795 690 9 25 239
75 102 725 620 7 20 224
USA AISI/SAE ITALY UNI CHINA GB GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN
1045 C45 45 Ck45 XC48H1 080M46 45 C45E
CB 4 FF 186 Part two Structural and constructional steels
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Ni% Cr%
max max max max
0.08 tracce 0.20-0.40 0.040 0.040 0.007 a)
0.02 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
a) the steel shall be made by electric-furnace, nitrogen (N) max 0.012%.
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Ni% Cr%
max max max
0.18-0.23 0.10 0.30-0.60 0.040 0.040
0.02 0.02 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Fully killed (Al Nb V)
Hot-rolled natural condition HB max 160.
C20
Quality C20
According to standards UNI 7874: 1979. Reference only.
Number (1.1151)
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Ni% Cr%
max max
0.18-0.24 0.15-0.40 0.40-0.80 0.035 0.035
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 30 mm after quenching at 950 C in water
HB 353 353 344 327 286 226 162
HRC 38 38 37 35 30 20
R N/mm2 1180 1180 1140 1080 950 760 560
Tempering atC 50 100 150 200 300 450 600
USA AISI/SAE ITALY UNI CHINA GB GERMANY DIN FRANCE UK B.S. RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN
CB 4 FF C4 C CB4 FF KD
CB 20 FF C22 C C21 KD
1020 C20 C22 C20 070M20 1450 C22
Part two 187
Resistance classes
for nuts with nominal diameter less than 39 mm
Designation system for nuts with nominal height > 0,8 D ( ISO 898-2: 1992 )
property Securing screwes Nuts
class of nut style 1 style 2
property class diameters mm diameters mm
4 3.6 - 4.6 - 4.8 > M 16 > M 16
5 3.6 - 4.6 - 4.8 M 16 M 39
5 5.6 - 5.8 M 39 M 39
6 6.8 M 39 M 39
8 8.8 M 39 M 39 > M 16 - M 39
9 9.8 M 16 M 16
10 10.9 M 39 M 39
12 12.9 M 39 M 16 M 39
Designation system for load tests of nuts with height > 0.5D e < 0.8D
property Nominal stress under proof load Actual stress under proof load
class of nut N/mm2 N/mm2
04 400 380
05 500 500
Limits of chemical analysis
property class of nut C% max Mn% min P% max S% max
4-5-6 0.50 0.06 0.15
04 - 8 - 9 0.58 0.25 0.06 0.15
05 - 10 0.58 0.30 0.048 0.058
12 0.58 0.45 0.048 0.058
Alloying elements may be added, if necessary, to develop the mechanical properties required from the nuts.
Nuts of property classes 05 8 style 1 above M 16 and 10 12 shall be hardened and tempered.
188 Part two
Resistance classes
for connection parts, screwes and studs
7
Minimum percentage elongation
8
9 6.8 12.9
10 10.9
after failure
12 5.8 9.8 a)
A%
14 8.8
16 4.8
18
20
22 5.6
25 4.6
30 3.6
a) only applicable for nominal thread diameters d < 16 mm Resistance classes are evidenced by the cells.
NOTES Maximum depth of total decarburization Resistance class (physical properties at room temperature)
for classes from 8.8 to 12.9 G = 0.015 mm. 3.6 4.6 4.8 5.6 5.8 6.8 8.8 9.8 a) 10.9 12.9
a) only applicable for nominal thread diameters d 16 mm d < 16 d > 16
the application field is determined by point 1 of mm mm
UNI EN ISO 898-1: 2001
Tensile strenght Rm N/mm2 min 330 400 420 500 520 600 800 830 900 1040 1220
Yield strenght Re N/mm2 min 190 240 340 300 420 480
0,2% yield strenght Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min 640 660 720 940 1100
Ultimate elongation A % min 25 22 20 12 12 10 9 8
Reduction of area Z % min 52 52 48 48 44
Impact strenght KU J min 25 30 30 25 20 15
Hardness Brinell HB min 90 114 124 147 152 181 238 242 276 304 366
Hardness Brinell HB max 209 209 209 209 209 238 304 318 342 361 414
When connection parts are used at temperatures different by the rooms one, user must be assure that mechanical and physical properties are
adequate for the specific condicions of service.
For 8.8 class Lucefin Group advises the following steels test load
C45E quench. and temp. < 24 mm
41Cr4 quench. and temp > 24 e < 50 mm
normal
42CrMo4 quench. and temp > 50 e < 100 mm shank
39NiCrMo3 quench. and temp > 100 mm screw
High temperature yield strenght Rp 0.2 N/mm2
class Temperature C
load
+ 20 + 100 + 200 + 250 + 300
5.6 300 270 230 215 195
8.8 640 590 540 510 480 load
10.9 940 875 790 745 705 Decarburization on the thread screw
12.9 1100 1020 925 875 825 G total decarburization
Values must be used only like a reference. For example 100h at 1 partial decarburization
G
300C can provocate a 25% permanent reduction of initial tor- 2 base metal H1
qual load of screw, with related yield strength decrease. 3
E not decarburized area
E 2
H1 thread depth
3 middle diameter
190 Part two
Resistance class
for connection parts, screwes and studs (rev. 1 / 15-09-2008)
Resistance class symbol ( ex. 8.8 ) is composed by two numbers, the first represents tensile strength divided by 100
ex. 800 N/mmq : 100 = 8.
The second represents ratio between yield and tensile strength multiplied for 10
ex. 640 N/mmq : 800 N/mmq = 0.8 x 10 = 8
a) Boron content can achieve 0,005% provided that not effective boron is controlled by the addiction of titanium or aluminium.
b) Free-cutting steel is accepted for these resistance classes with following max values S% 0.34, P% 0.11, Pb% 0.35
c) for > 20 mm, can be necessary to use 10.9 class steels to obtain an adequate hardenability.
d) Boron steel with C% < 0.25 has to get a Mn content greater than 0,6% for 8.8 resistance class and than 0.7% for 9.8, 10.9,
For 8.8 and 12.9 resistance classes is necessary quenching and tempering heat treatment.
Steel grade showed are those usually used by previous agreements between producer and consumer.
Part three
Technical tables
192 Part three Technical tables
Hot-rolled-rounds
UNI EN 10060: 2004
round
a b a a l a
B L
a = machining allowance
b, l = dimensions after machining
B, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation
according to norms.
a = machining allowance b, h,
l l = dimensions after machining B, H, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation according to norms.
Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10059: 2004 in compliance with Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10058: 2004
Nominal size Limit deviation a) UNI EN 10059 / 10058 Nominal width (b) mm Limit deviation mm a)
mm mm Hot-rolled > 10 40 0.75
8-14 0.4 > 40 80 1.0
15-25 0.5 > 80 100 1.5
26-35 0.6 > 100 120 2.0
40-50 0.8 > 120 150 2.5
55-90 1.0 Nominal thickness (a) mm Limit deviation mm a)
100 1.3 20 0.5
110-120 1.5 > 20 40 1.0
130-150 1.8 > 40 80 1.5
a)
Part three Technical tables
When ordering, the total ranges for the permissible deviation may, by agreement, be entirely on the plus side
Hot-rolled-hexagon
UNI EN 10061: 2004
b B
(width)
a = machining allowance
b, l = dimensions after machining
B, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation
according to norms.
Example: for a 70 mm finished hexagon, you have to order 75.5 mm. If this size is not in the normal range of production, you will have to or-
der a raw material of 78 mm.
When a square is held against a face and an edge of square edge flat bar, the edge shall not deviate by more than 3 or 5% of the thickness.
A 5 dN 25 0.50
25 < dN 150 0.02 dN
B 5 dN 12 0.20
12 < dN 18 0.25
18 < dN 30 0.30
30 < dN 150 0.01 dN
C 5 dN 12 0.17
12 < dN 30 0.23
30 < dN 120 0.0075 dN
D 5 dN 12 0.15
12 < dN 40 0.20
40 < dN 60 0.005 dN
60 < dN 80 0.30
E 5 dN 60
This class of surface quality must be better than class D. Other prescriptions and the method of control must be agreed to you between the
parties.
Part three Technical tables 197
10 23 12 27 14 32 15 35 17 40 18 43
0 13 0 15 0 18 0 20 0 23 0 25
+6 7 +6 9 +7 11 +7 13 +7 16 +7 18
+15 +2 +18 +3 +21 +3 +24 +4 +27 +4 +29 +4
+24 +11 +28 +13 +33 +15 +37 +17 +43 +20 +46 +21
+6.5 6.5 +7.5 7.5 +9 9 +10 10 +11.5 11.5 +12.5 12.5
+33 +20 +38 +23 +45 +27 +51 +31 +57 +34 +62 +37
10 29 12 34 14 39 15 44 17 49 18 54
0 19 0 22 0 25 0 29 0 32 0 36
+12 7 +13 9 +14 11 +16 13 +16 16 +18 18
+21 +2 +25 +3 +28 +3 +33 +4 +36 +4 +40 +4
+30 +11 +35 +13 +40 +15 +46 +17 +52 +20 +57 +21
+39 +20 +45 +23 +52 +27 +60 +31 +66 +34 +73 +37
+9.5 9.5 +11 11 +12.5 12.5 +14.5 14.5 +16 16 +18 18
+51 +32 +59 +37 +68 +43 +79 +50 +88 +56 +98 +62
10 40 12 47 14 54 15 61 17 69 18 75
30 60 36 71 43 83 50 96 56 108 62 119
0 30 0 35 0 40 0 46 0 52 0 57
+18 12 +20 15 +22 18 +25 21 +26 26 +29 28
+32 +2 +38 +3 +43 +3 +50 +4 +56 +4 +61 +4
+41 +11 +48 +13 +55 +15 +63 +17 +72 +20 +78 +21
+15 15 +17 17 +20 20 +23 23 +26 26 +28 28
+50 +20 +58 +23 +67 +27 +77 +31 +86 +34 +94 +37
100 146 120 174 145 208 170 242 190 271 210 299
60 106 72 126 85 148 100 172 110 191 125 214
30 76 36 90 43 106 50 122 56 137 62 151
0 46 0 54 0 63 0 72 0 81 0 89
+23 23 +27 27 +31 31 +36 36 +40 40 +44 44
+46 0 +54 0 +63 0 +72 0 +81 0 +89 0
100 174 120 207 145 245 170 285 190 320 210 350
60 134 72 159 85 185 100 215 110 240 125 265
0 74 0 87 0 100 0 115 0 130 0 140
+37 37 +43 43 +50 50 +57 57 +65 65 +70 70
+74 0 +87 0 +100 0 +115 0 +130 0 +140 0
0 120 0 140 0 160 0 185 0 210 0 230
+60 60 +70 70 +80 80 +92 92 +105 105 +115 115
+120 0 +140 0 +160 0 +185 0 +210 0 +230 0
0 190 0 220 0 250 0 290 0 320 0 360
+95 95 +110 110 +125 125 +145 145 +160 160 +180 180
+190 0 +220 0 +250 0 +290 0 +320 0 +360 0
+150 150 +175 175 +200 200 +230 230 +260 260 +285 285
0 300 0 350 0 400 0 460 0 520 0 570
+300 0 +350 0 +400 0 +460 0 +520 0 +570 0
+230 230 +270 270 +315 315 +360 360 +405 405 +445 445
0 460 0 540 0 630 0 720 0 810 0 890
+460 0 +540 0 +630 0 +720 0 +810 0 +890 0
200 Part three Technical tables
While size tolerances are usually specified as minus, tolerances may be ordered all plus, or distributed plus and minus, with the sum being
equivalent to the tolerances listed (e.g.: +0.10 or 0.05 mm).
Surface quality classes for bright steel products
Table 1 EN 10277-1: 2008
Condition Class
1 2 3 4
Permissible defect depth max 0.3 mm for d 15 mm max 0.3 mm for d 15 mm max 0.2 mm for d 20 mm technically crack free
max 0.02 x d for 15 < d 100 mm max 0.02 x d for 15 d < 75 mm max 0.01 x d for 20 d 75 mm by manufacture
max 1.5 mm for d > 75 mm max 0.75 mm for d > 75 mm
Maximum percentage
of delivered weight in excess 4% 1% 1% 0.20%
of specified level
Product form
Rounds + + + +
Squares + + (for d < 20 mm)
Hexagons + + (for d < 50 mm)
Flats + 1)
NOTE d = nominal diameter of bar and distance across flats of squares and hexagons.
+ indicates available in these classes, indicates not available in these classes.
1) Maximum depth of defect refers to respective section (width or thickness).
Part three Technical tables
201
Surface discontinuity tolerances for cold-finished steel bars (a)
202
(a) The information in the chart is the expected maximum surface discontinuity depth within the limits of good manufacturing practice. Occasional bars in a shipment may have surface discontinuity
that exceeds these limits. For critical applications, the purchaser may require the cold-finish steel bar supplier to eddy current test the bars prior to shipment.
(b) Level 4 requires metal removal by turning, peeling or multiple grinding passes for small bars.
All grades quenched and tempered or normalized and tempered to HB 302 max before cold finishing; and all grades stress relieved or annealed after cold finishing. Straightness tolerances are not
applicable to bars having HB hardness exceeding 302.
(a) The foregoing tolerances are based on the following method of measuring straightness: Departure from straightness is measured by placing the bar on a level table so that the arc or departure
from straightness is horizontal, and the depth of the arc is measured with a feeler gauge and a straightedge.
(b) It should be recognised that straightness is a perishable quality and be altered by mishandling. The preservation of straightness in cold-finished bars requires the utmost care in subsequent han-
ding. Specific straightness tolerances are sometimes required for carbon and alloy steels in which case the purchaser should inform the manufacturer of straightness tolerances and the methods to be
used in checking the straightness.
Tolerances and machining allowances hot-forged products
UNI 7486: 1975
round
tondo square
quadro flat
piatto a bar
h H
a = machining allowance
a b a a b a a b a a l a b, h, l = dimensions after machining
B B B L B, H, L = raw material
Table A
dimensions b or h For products with lengths > 6000 mm, the tolerances and allowances are to be agreed in the purchase order
after machining carbon steels and high alloyed steels L 3500 max carbon steels and high alloyed steels L 3500 6000 high alloyed steels L 3500 max
mm (% of every alloy element < 5) (% of every alloy element < 5) (% of every alloy element 5)
increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation
b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L
> 100 125 14 3.8 17 + 17 / 10 17 4.8 22 + 21 / 13 10 2.0 16 + 14 / 11
> 125 160 16 4.2 19 + 18 / 11 19 5.4 24 + 22 / 14 12 2.3 18 + 14 / 11
> 160 200 18 4.9 22 + 20 / 13 21 6.3 26 + 22 / 15 14 2.8 20 + 14 / 14
> 200 250 21 5.6 24 + 22 / 14 24 7.2 29 + 26 / 17 17 3.4 23 + 16 / 16
> 250 315 25 6.5 28 + 26 / 15 28 8.4 32 + 29 / 19 21 4.2 26 + 18 / 18
> 315 400 30 7.7 32 + 28 / 18 33 10.0 36 + 33 / 22 26 5.1 30 + 21 / 21
> 400 500 36 9.2 38 + 33 / 22 40 11.9 42 + 38 / 25 32 6.3 36 + 25 / 25
> 500 630 44 11.0 45 + 39 / 25 48 14.3 49 + 46 / 29 39 7.8 42 + 29 / 29
> 630 800 54 13.5 55 + 45 / 30 58 17.4 58 + 51 / 34 49 9.8 52 + 35 / 35
> 800 1000 66 16.3 67 + 55 / 36 71 21.3 69 + 61 / 41 61 12.1 63 + 42 / 42
Measures are expressed in mm.
Example: unalloyed steel rounds b = 330 mm and l 3500 mm. Diameter of turned raw material B = 330 + 30 = 360 7.7 mm.
In the case of rounds only, ovalization must not be higher than the tolerance corresponding to diameter B.
Part three Technical tables
Tolerances and allowances for flats are valid when the following ratios apply: b : h 8 quality special, alloyed and unalloyed steels; b : h 5 base unalloyed steels.
Lucefin Group has fixed the tolerance of rough products on b or h to +1 mm / +3 mm.
203
204
Table B
dimensions b o h For products with lengths > 6000 mm, the tolerances and allowances are to be agreed in the purchase order
after machining high alloyed steels L 3500 6000 tool steels L 3500 max tool steels L 3500 - 6000
mm (% of every alloy element 5)
increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation
b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L
> 100 125 13 4.0 21 + 18 / 12 7 1.5 14 + 14 / 11 10 2.1 17 + 14 / 10
> 125 160 15 4.6 22 + 20 / 13 9 1.8 15 + 14 / 11 12 2.5 19 + 15 / 12
Part three Technical tables
Material density
MATERIAL D kg/dm3 MATERIAL D kg/dm3 MATERIAL D kg/dm3
Aluminium bronze 7.70 8.70 Nickel 8.60 Concrete 2.00 2.50
Amianthus 2.10 2.80 Nickel silver 8.40 8.90 Dry gravel 1.50
Antifriction metal 9.30 10.6 Niobium 8.40 Fibreglass 0.20 1.20
Antimony 6.70 Ordinary steel 7.85 Gas oil 0.80 0.85
Argentane 8.40 8.90 Plaster casting dry 0.97 Gasoline 0.70 0.75
Arsenic 5.70 Plaster of Paris 1.81 Glass 2.40 2.70
Asphalt 1.10 1.50 Polonium 9.40 Granite 2.70
Beryllium 1.84 Potassium 0.87 Hard coal 0.22
Beryllium copper 8.10 8.25 Pure iron 7.88 Ice 0.90
Bismuth 9.82 Quartz 2.50 Ivory 1.83 1.92
Black oxide of manganese 3.70 4.60 Red hematite 4.90 Paper 0.70 1.15
Blast furnace slag 2.50 3.00 Red phosphor 2.19 Peat 0.64
Bronze (7.9%) 7.40 Rolled brass 8.45 8.75 Rubber 1.70 2.20
Bronze (14%) 8.90 Rolled lead 11.40 Sandstone 2.30
Bronze phosphorous 8.80 Selenium 4.79 Tar 1.20
Cadmium 11.24 Silica 1.80 2.00 Water 1.00
Caesium 1.84 - 1.87 Silver 10.50 Wax 0.95
Calcium 1.58 Sodium 0.98 Noble gases
Cast iron 6.8 - 7.8 Sodium chloride 2.16 Argon 1.784
Casting brass 8.40 8.70 Steel casting 7.80 Chlorine 3.212
Casting copper 8.63 8.80 Sulphur 1.96 2.07 Fluorine 1.696
Chalk 1.80 2.70 Talcum 2.60 2.80 Helium 0.179
Chromium 6.60 Tin 7.28 Hydrogen 0.08988
Cinder 0.90 Titanium 4.5 Krypton 3.749
Clay 2.00 2.20 Tungsten (Wolfram) 19.10 Neon 0.9
Coal - mass 1.20 1.50 Vanadium 5.70 Nitrogen 1.25
Coal - small pieces 0.80 0.95 White cast iron 7.00 7.80 Oxygen 1.429
Cobalt 8.71 White metal 7.10 Radon 9.72
Coin gold 19.50 Wirebar copper 8.82 8.95 Xenon 5.897
Coke - small pieces 0.30 0.48 Yellow phosphor 1.83 Synthetic
Cold - drawn gold 19.36 Zinc 7.10 Americium 243
Delta metal 8.60 Steels and Superalloys Berkelium 247
Diamond 3.55 Carbon steel and alloy 7.85 Bohrium 264
Expanded clay 0.30 0.50 Hastelloy B-2 / B-3 9.22 Californium 251
Extruded aluminium 2.70 2.75 Hastelloy C-22 8.69 Curium 247
Ferric oxide 5.25 Hastelloy G-30 8.22 Dubnium 262
Graphite 1.80 2.30 Incoloy 800 8.10 Einsteinium 252
Gray iron 6.60 7.80 Inconel 600 8.51 Fermium 257
Gray pig iron 7.00 7.25 Stainless steel 304 7.93 Hassium 277
relative atomic mass
Ac3 Temperature at which the transformation of ferrite into austenite stops, during heating.
Ms Temperature at which the transformation of austenite into martensite starts, during cooling.
Austenitisation Operation during which the material is heated to a temperature at which the structure becomes
austenitic.
Annealing The main requirement of this heat treatment is to achieve a lowering of the hardness of hot-deformed,
rolled and cold-drawn materials.
Annealing is introduced in some cases to eliminate stresses or non-homogeneous structures.
Bright annealing An annealing process that is carried out in a controlled atmosphere furnace (e.g. nitrogen) or in
order that oxidation is minimised and the surface remains relatively bright.
Brittleness This occurs in some hardened and tempered steels after a period of time held at a temperature of
450-525 C, or during slow cooling within this range of temperatures. Causes loss of toughness.
Carbonitriding Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher carbon and nitrogen content on the surface. Both
these elements increase hardness.
Case-hardening Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher carbon content on the surface. Carbon increases
hardness and counteracts wear.
Case-hardening depth This is the distance between the surface and the layer at which the Vickers hardness, mea-
sured under a load of 9.81 N, is HV1 = 550.
Chromium plating Electroplating treatment to form a film of extremely hard chromium on ground bars. This treat-
ment provides abrasion and corrosion resistance, and a lower friction coefficient between moving parts; especially with
rubber gaskets.
Chromizing Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher content of chromium on the surface.
Continuous patenting When the heating and cooling operations are carried out continuously.
Cooling Process for cooling a product by removing heat: nature and temperature of medium-environment, relative
movements, etc.
Cooling capacity Ability of a medium (air, oil, polymer, water, salt bath) to carry out a particular cooling programme.
Core quenching Hardening process carried out so that the depth of hardening is not less than the distance between
the core and the surface of the product.
Decarburizing A reduction of carbon in the surface layer of an iron product. The layer thickness may be defined with
reference to a structural state or a level of hardness, or the carbon content in the unaltered base metal.
Deformation Alteration of the initial shape and dimensions of a product, during heat treatment.
Diffusion Operation to spread the elements previously introduced on the surface toward the core of the base metal.
Exothermic atmosphere Furnace atmosphere produced exothermically and controlled so that it does not oxidize
the material.
208 Part three Technical tables
curves.
A B
M
Hardenability Aptitude of the steel towards martensitic
and/or bainitic transformation. In simple terms, it is the ability tempo/time
to acquire hardness.
Hardening depth This is the distance between the surface and the layer at which the Vickers hardness, measured
under a load of 9.81 N, is equal to 80% of the maximum hardness requested on the surface.
Heat and chemical treatment Process performed in a suitably selected medium-environment to change the chem-
ical composition of the base material.
Heat treatment Series of heat operations in order to change the properties and/or the structure of a ferrous mate-
rial.
Homogenization annealing This is carried out at high temperatures of 1100-1200 C with the aim of reducing, by
means of diffusion, the segregation of the chemical compositions and thus making them more uniform. Risks: burning
and grain coarsening.
Hydrogen annealing The hydrogen dissolved in the molten steel may give rise to internal cracks, so-called flakes, into
steel after it has cooled following hot working. By subjecting the products obtained from ingots to an annealing treat-
ment at 600-680 C for several days, followed by slow cooling, the hydrogen content can be reduced and the danger of
flake formation removed. The heat treatment is performed for carbon or alloy steels with hydrogen (H2) greater than 2
ppm. Tool steels are less sensitive to flakes to the extent that even 4-5 ppm of hydrogen does not create problems.
Immersion patenting When the material remains wound in bundles or rolls during the heat treatment. The most
common cooling mediums are air, lead bath, salt bath and fluid bed.
thermal jump in A= Instable Austenite
controlled atmosphere
Ionic nitriding Bombardment of ions. The luminescent dis- C (ex. nitrogen)
B=
C=
Bainite
Ferrite
M= Martesite
charge occurs in a gaseous mixture, under less than atmospheric Ac3 P=
C=
Pearlite
Cementite
pressure, in which the ferrous product constitutes the cathode.
Ac1
Isotropy Material in which the physical properties (e.g. mechanical characteristics) are identical in all directions.
Nitriding Heat and chemical treatment to obtain higher nitrogen content on the surface. Nitrogen increases hard-
ness and contrasts mechanical wear.
Nitrocarburizing Heat and chemical treatment to obtain higher nitrogen and carbon content at the surface. Both
these elements form a combination layer.
Normalization This is carried out at a temperature just higher than Ac3 (+50 C +70 C) followed by cooling in
calm air. The main aim is to homogenize the structure and to reduce the size of the grain enlarged by previous hot
transformation operations. This treatment is not recommended for tool steels and self-hardening steels.
Oxidation Precipitation, to a greater or lesser depth, towards the core of the product, of the oxides formed from the
oxygen on the surface.
Patenting Austenitization heat treatment followed by cooling to enable subsequent drawing or rolling.
Polymer Synthetic fluid consisting of water and organic products with a high molecular weight (polymers). The
quenching rate, with a 35% solution, is just greater than that of oil and it enables a greater range of steels to be
treated without risk of failure.
These baths are in the process of replacing tempering oil, which is more pollutant and costly.
Pre-heating This consists of heating the material to and maintaining for a certain period of time one or more inter-
mediate temperatures between the initial temperature and the maximum planned temperature.
Quenching This is the cooling of a ferrous product faster than in calm air. It is good practice not to use a quenching
medium which is more drastic than necessary as the faster the cooling the greater the stresses induced in the part.
Quenching baths must be stirred to prevent vapour bubble adhering to the material. The most commonly used baths
are: gas mixtures (for sub-zero treatment), water, salt baths, polymers (water with additives), oil, forced or calm air. The
weight of the baths must be at least 10-15 greater than that of the material to be quenched. The temperature of the
bath at the end of quenching must not exceed 49 C.
Quenching and tempering Hardening treatment composed of quenching and tempering to obtain the desired
combination of mechanical properties and good ductility and toughness.
Recrystallization annealing This is recommended for cold-rolled materials and should be carried out at a temper-
ature of Ac1. During the rolling, the structure tends to orient itself towards the direction of the main deformation. The
hardness increases and the capacity of the steel to undergo further machining, such as drawing, are reduced.
Ac3
end recrystallization
Ac1
grain regeneration
re-estabilish zone
recrystallization
and start
cold rolled
and drawn
recrystallization
time
210 Part three Technical tables
Stress-free annealing This is carried out at a temperature of between 580 C and 650 C, with cooling in a furnace
down to 250-300 C before being discharged into air.
Sub-critical spheroidizing (annealing) This heat treatment is not recommended for hypoeutectoid steels C
0.83% to be machined with chip removal, but it is the only treatment which may make hypereutectoid steels C 0.83-
2.06% machinable. It is carried out at a temperature near to Ac1 (10 C) but they must be held at this temperature
for long periods, 1 hour for every 10 mm of thickness of the bundle of bars or rolled or forged products of the entire
load. It is an excellent heat treatment for material to be used for cold forming and extrusion.
Ac3
Ac1
1 h every 10 mm of thickness
time
Self hardening (adjective) Steel with hardenability such that cooling in air gives a martensitic structure to large-
sized parts.
Secondary hardening Hardening achieved after one or more tempering treatments which precipitate a compound
or give rise to the formation of martensite or bainite starting from the residual austenite.
Silicisation Heat and chemical treatment in order to increase the silicon content on the surface.
Solubilization (hardening of austenitic steels) This treatment is usually carried out at 1000-1100 C with subsequent
rapid cooling in water or forced air.
Spheroidizing Geometrical change of carbide particles, such as plates of cementite, towards a stable spherical shape.
Stress relieving Treatment to reduce stresses without reducing hardness. It is generally carried out at 50 C below
the last tempering carried out on the parts which are set in operation with high strength. The cooling must be particu-
larly slow, generally in a furnace.
Sulphocarbonitriding Heat and chemical treatment in order to increase the sulphur, carbon and nitrogen content
on the surface.
Tempering This is the heat treatment which a ferrous product undergoes after hardening by quenching, to achieve
the desired mechanical properties. After quenching, the material is highly stressed and these stresses must be elimi-
nated as their force, if it exceeds the failure load, could break the material. This is one of the purposes of tempering.
The second is to lower the strength until a compromise is reached between a good failure load and good toughness
(impact strength).
Part three Technical tables 211
Useful experience:
Considering 0 to be the strength after 2 hours of tempering, the variations in N/mm2 obtained by increasing and re-
ducing the times maintained at the temperature are shown below.
Duration of tempering h 30 1 2 3 4 5 7 10
Variation in strength N/mm2 +60 +30 0 30 45 50 60 80
Tempering diagram Graphic representation of the tempering treatment, including heating velocity and permanence
time at the established temperature. Diagram showing the relationship between the mechanical characteristics and the
tempering temperature for a specific period of time at that temperature.
Thermal conductivity K K is the thermal conductivity coefficient, typical of a material, indicating the heat trans-
mission ability (in the presence of a thermal gradient between the material faces and without convection or radiation).
[W]
K =
[m] [kelvin]
Time at temperature Time from when the part has reached the pre-set temperature at the core to the next change
in temperature.
A period of hour per inch of thickness is normally used during quenching and 1 hour during tempering. These para-
meters apply to forged parts in general and thicknesses greater than 50 mm.
Transformation diagrams Series of time/temperature diagrams which define the initial and final moments of the
transformation of austenite under isothermal conditions for each temperature level.
Wear-resistant coating Deposition of thin layers of very hard compounds which resist wear and corrosion, such as:
Influence of alloys
The characteristics listed below are valid for steels included in this volume.
Al Aluminium C Carbon
Melting point 660 C Melting point 3727 C
1) Considerable hardening in the solid state 1) It is the most important element during hardening and tem-
2) Deoxidizes effectively, casting percentage 0.020-0.040% or pering to obtain the desired hardness
> 0.015 for soluble Al 2) Mild carbon steel (C < 0.15) or extra mild carbon steel (C<
3) Obstructs grain enlargement and this helps to prevent cracks 0.08), without special additives, is too ductile and is too
during grinding pasty during cutting which results in poor finishes
4) It is the alloy in nitriding steel. It forms extremely hard alu- 3) With a C% greater than 0.15 there is an increase in resis-
minium nitrides with nitrogen tance to shearing stress and wear of the tools due to the in-
5) Enables regulation of the depth of the nitriding layer creased abrasiveness of structures richer in carbons
4) Graphite form of carbon is a black, odourless, slippery solid.
6) Prevents aging of the steel
Graphite sublimes at 3825 C. Diamond is the purest carbon
7) Does not tend to form carbides but tends to increase abrasive
form an extremely hard solid
strength
8) Harms the machinability of free-cutting steels
Ca Calcium
9) An Al / N ratio > 2 is recommended to achieve good deoxida-
Melting point 842 C
tion
1) Even minimum quantities form non-metallic inclusions which
As Arsenic improve machinability and resist abrasion
Melting point 817C 2) Does not worsen mechanical characteristics and does not
cause problems during heat treatment
1) Has a strong tendency to segregate 3) Alkaline earth metal, which is white/silver in colour and very soft
2) Worsens the tempering embrittlement 4) In some cases it is used as a deoxidant
3) Considerably reduces the toughness 5) Increases toughness (impact strength)
6) Refines the grain and in this way limits hardening depth.
Boron B Quenching should preferably be done in water
Melting point 2075 C
Co Cobalt
1) With contents of 0.003-0.005% it considerably increases Melting point 1495 C
hardening in carbon and low-alloy steels. Higher contents
cause brittleness when hot. If boron is allowed to combine 1) Maintains hardness at high temperatures
with oxygen and nitrogen then its effect on hardenability is 2) Prevents overheating of machine tools
lost. Therefore, the steel must be deoxidized prior to the ad-
dition of boron and a strong nitride-forming element such as Cr Chromium
titanium also has to be added Melting point 1907 C
2) Avoid temperatures of between 200 C and 400 C for boron
steels as the material becomes fragile in this range. If temper- 1) With a high carbon content, provides good resistance against
ing is to be carried out, use temperatures of 180 C or 420 C wear and abrasion
2) Increases hardening
3) Harmful for welding, also employed as a deoxidant
3) Prevents corrosion, oxidization and decarburizing
4) Increases the transition temperature
4) Helps to maintain mechanical strength at high temperatures
5) Slight tendency towards formation of carbons
Bi Bismuth 6) Increases surface hardness which can be achieved by nitruration
Melting point 271 C
Cu Copper
1) Used in an alloy with lead (~ 0.1%) it increases the machin- Melting point 1084 C
ability of free-cutting steels by 20-30%
2) May not be identified metallographically since it is linked with 1) Increases resistance to atmospheric corrosion
lead even if it is added separately during the production process 2) Undesirable in steel as it causes hot-shortness when content
3) Hot-rolling is more difficult, because it can cause surface de- exceeds 0.40%
fects 3) Harmful for welding
Part three Technical tables 213
H Hydrogen Ni Nickel
Melting point 259 C Melting point 1455 C
Se Selenium V Vanadium
Melting point 221 C Melting point 1910 C
1) 0.20% of this element is more suitable than an equal quan- 1) Produces fine grains
tity of sulphur for improving chip removal in carbon steel, low 2) Increases hardening
alloy and austenitic steels 3) Increase impact strength just like nickel
2) It is a better substitute for sulphur and tellurium in stainless 4) Increase elastic limit
steels 5) Provides considerable wear resistance
3) Gives spheroidal form to manganese sulphides and is used to 6) Increases the diffusion of nitrogen
improve the mechanical properties of resulphurized steels in
the transversal direction W Tungsten
4) Improves machinability in difficult workings (e.g. deep drilling Melting point 3422 C
operations)
1) Provides abrasion resistance for tool steels, reduces sensitiv-
Silicon Si ity to overheating
Melting point 1414 C 2) Produces mechanical strength in parts for hot forming
3) Improves toughness and prevents enlargement of grain size
1) Used as an alloy in sheets for electromagnetic applications as 4) Used particularly in high-speed steels for cold cutting and
it increases the electrical resistance shearing components
2) Slight influence on deoxidation
3) Increase wear resistance of low alloy steels Zr Zirconium
4) Reduces cold deformability Melting point 1855 C
5) Seriously damages machinability of the tool
6) A maximum content of 0.25% is recommended for galvaniz- 1) Fixing nitrogen eliminates the tendency to aging
ing treatment 2) Tends to form oxides and nitrides which are harmful for me-
chanical processing
Sn Tin 3) Has the power to absorb gases and is therefore also used as
Melting point 231.9 C a getter or metallic absorbent
4) Since it cannot be altered by atmospheric agents it is used to
1) Content greater than 0.05% may make the steel brittle in hot produce corrosion-resistant metal alloys
machining, just like copper
2) It is a silvery-white, soft, malleable and ductile metal. Fe Iron
Exposed surfaces form oxide film. Resists oxygen and water Melting point 1536 C
3) When present in steel it is an undesirable impurity which
gives rise to temper brittleness 1) This is the most common metal 90% of all the metal refined
worldwide is ferrous
Te Tellurium 2) It is used in steels and in other alloys and the pure metal is
Melting point 449.5 C obtained by the liquefaction of ferrous minerals
3) The first findings were meteorites made of iron-carbon alloy,
1) Makes the sulphur less plastic enabling increased cutting nickel, cobalt and chromium alloys. On the earth in magnetite
speed and facilitating drilling operations seams you can find hematite, limonite and siderite
2) Improves machining by up to 50% when combined with lead 4) It is a light grey and magnetic solid. When exposed to humid
3) Reduces hot deformability air, it becomes rust (iron oxide)
4) Reduces hot forming like lead, when present in steel with a 5) Pure iron Ac3 = 911 C
ratio S% / Te% ratio of ~10
5) Tends to give spheroidal form to sulphurs
Ti Titanium
Melting point 1668 C
Symbols, steel hardened and tempered for ..N/mm2 (BS 970 pt. 3 1991)
P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
550-700 625-775 700-850 775-925 850-1000 925-1075 1000-1150 1075-1225 1150-1300 1225-1375 > 1550
Part three Technical tables 217
Austenite
cooling
Ferrite
and critical
Austenite
zone
723 C
600 C
heating
ambient
temperature
quenching water quenching oil normalizing
or polymer air cooling
Critical temperature
heating
Room
temperature
Tempering diagram
(The interpretation of the technical data sheets has been made faster and easier by the tempering tables)
R - Rp 0,2
N / mm2
2200
2100
2000
1900
1800
A% C%
1700 28 70
1600 26 65
1500 24 60
Kv
1400 + 20 C 22 55
Joule
1300 20 50
1200 210 18 45
1100 180 16 40
1000 150 14 35
900 130 12 30
800 110 10 25
700 80 8 20
600 40
500 25
400 15
Bainite 1) Structural constituent formed by acicular cementite in a ferritic matrix, with a hardness of between 30 and
55 HRC.
2) (continuation of troostite) The diffusion of carbon is still possible at cooling speeds between that of water
and air, and cementite still forms. Sudden movements due to atomic changes result in a structure known as
bainite.
Ferrite Pure iron, which appears as a polyhedric shape under a micrographic analysis of steels. This denominates a struc-
ture and not a composition. It may appear under two forms: acicular ferrite or free ferrite obtained directly from
the decomposition of austenite during cooling, without the simultaneous formation of cementite. Ferrite is a very
ductile constituent and causes the formation of the built-up edge (the chip sticks to the tool and it is difficult to
break). Mild steels containing a high percentage of ferrite are machined with difficulty. The solid solution of car-
bon in body-centred cubic iron, a constituent of carbon steels.
Pearlite Aggregate of ferrite and cementite obtained by the transformation of austenite above the bainitic interval.
It may be found in the form of laminar pearlite and, if uniformly distributed in the ferritic matrix, it provides good
workability, especially for case-hardened steels and carbon steels.
The structure which guarantees the longest life of the tool usually consists of ~10% of pearlite and 90% of fer-
rite. Spheroidal pearlite provides good workability for steels with high carbon content.
It is a lamellar constituent of steel consisting of alternate layers of ferrite (alpha-iron) and cementite (iron car-
bide Fe3C) and is formed on cooling austenite at 723 C. This produces a tough structure and is responsible for
the mechanical properties of unhardened steel.
Ferrite & Pearlite On the whole in our range of carbon steels it is not possible to observe a full ferritic or pearlitic structure, but the
structure will always consist of ferrite and pearlite. The different share of ferrite and pearlite is due to the chem-
ical composition and the cooling after heat treatment.
Sorbite Aggregate of extremely fine spheroids of cementite or carbide (which may not be seen under an optical micro-
scope) in the ferritic matrix.
The dimensions of the cementite or carbide spheroids depend on the steel type, tempering temperature and time
at maximum temperature.
It has the classic structure of hardened and tempered steels, but it does not have satisfactory workability.
In order to overcome this problem, it is worth carrying out hardening and tempering on parts which have already
been rough-machined, so that the finishing may be carried out to a shallow depth.
Troostite The migration of the iron atoms occurs at very slow cooling speeds. They take on a new reticular arrangement
( ) and, at the same time, the carbon atoms migrate to form the cementite. This transformation product is
called pearlite (ferrite + cementite). At faster cooling speeds, the pearlite becomes very fine and is called troos-
tite. The structure formed by troostite and martensite creates discontinuities and difficulties during machining.
Part three Technical tables 221
Cementite Iron carbide with formula Fe3C. It is a chemical combination of iron and carbon, with a content of C = 6.70%.
It has ferromagnetic properties below 210 C. It is a very hard but extremely brittle crystalline substance. It may
be broken down into ferrite and graphitic carbon by extremely slow cooling.
Its hardness may reach as much as 63 HRc.
It may be:
primary when it is formed by the direct separation of the liquid
secondary when it separates from austenite
tertiary when it separates from ferrite
homogenizing
gamma iron
solid solution of
pure austenite carbon in the iron
gamma iron
density 7.6327 max temperature normalizing Acm + iron carbide Fe 3C
full annealing
Ac3 normalizing primary cementite
austenite quenchin
austenite ledeburite
Ac1 Ac1
ferrite
ferrite A1
soft annealing
%C
The diagram indicates the temperature ranges of recrystallization annealing - soft annealing - full annealing - normalization - harden-
ing - homogenizing according to the carbon content of the different steels.
It shows also the aggregation microstructures of the stable phases in the single fields.
Austenite
A cm
1000
Normalizing
900 Austenite +
secondary Cementite
A3
Quenching water
800 Annealing
A1 A3.2 A3.2.1
Ar1
700
600
Pearlite + Pearlite +
Cementite
Eutectoid (pearlite)
Ferrite
0.83%c
2.06%C
X Y Z
C% 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Operation of the diagram. The temperatures of the different steels depend on the carbon content
line steels carbon % normalizing quenching annealing
X S355J2 0.18 930 C
Y 42CrMo4 0.44 850 C
Z 50CrMo4 0.48 790 C
Em Failure energy with pendulum hammers test for impact strength, types: Kv - KCU - DVM - Mesnager - KW
N Force: Newton
J Energy: Joule
Rp0.2 Yield strength normally taken at 0.2% and in some cases at 0.02%. Value obtained from tensile test, expressed in
N/mm = MPa
Re ReH Total strength, read directly on the gauge of the tensile testing equipment as it corresponds to a stop in the load
increase
Kcu Impact strength with U notch, proportional specimens tested with pendulum hammers with energy measurement
expressed in J
HB 10/3000 Brinell hardness EN 10003, calculated on the surface of the material. It is useful for knowing the approximate ten-
sile strength of the material 10 = ball in mm, 3000 = pressure in kg
HRC Scala 150 Rockwell hardness C EN 10109, normally used on materials with a tensile strength of from 760 N/mm to 2420
N/mm
HV Vickers hardness, normally used on materials with a tensile strength of from 1320 N/mm to above 2500 N/mm
Formulae
Ceq C + Mn/6 + (Cr+Mo+V)/5 + (Ni+Cu)/15 (long formula)
(carbon
0.43 max recommended for cold welding without stress relief. Pre-heating and stress relief required at higher values in
equivalent)
order to avoid the formation of cracks.
C + Mn/4 + Si/4 (short formula) used in carbon steels
recommended 0.42 max
Volumetric V = r 20 L 20 (1 + 2 E T ) (1 + E T )
thermal
expansion
V
for rounds from V the radius is obtained r =
L0 [1 (E T )]
r
S O
(S) shaft
S=albero
226 Part three Technical tables
Reduction Sp
Forged and hot-rolled = ... : 1 (direct deformation)
ratio Sf
(r.r.)
Sp = ingot/bloom/billet cross-section Sf = end product cross-section
Forged 3.5: 1
Hot-Rolled 6: 1
(Sp Sc)
Forged and Hot-Rolled = ...%
Sf
Calculation of critical points on the basis of the chemical composition of the steel expressed in %.
The result is given in C and enables the technicians to determine the heat treatment parameters.
The formulae are valid for steels with C% 0.60 max and alloys with a max content of 5% each.
Ac1 (C) Temperature at which, during heating, the formation of Austenite starts.
723 10.7Mn 16.9Ni + 30Si + 16.9Cr + 25Mo + 6.38 W + 30Al + 50V + 290As =.... C 10
Ac3 (C) Temperature at which, during heating, the transformation of Ferrite into austenite stops.
910 203 C 15.2Ni 30Mn 11Cr 20Cu + 44.7Si + 104V + 31.5Mo + 13.1W + 700P + 400Al = ... C + 10
Ms (C) Temperature at which, during cooling, the transformation of austenite into Martensite starts.
539 (423 C% ) (30.4 Mn%) (12.1 Cr%) (17.7 Ni%) (7.5 Mo%) = C + 20
Mf (C) Temperature at which the transformation of austenite into martensite is complete (martensite finish).
Mf = Ms 215 C ( 15C)
E Longitudinal modulus of elasticity, used by designers to check operational bending stresses. The value may be ob-
tained by tensile tests. The higher the value the more rigid will be the structure and the desired elastic deformation will be
reduced.
G
E =
m
2(m + 1)
Bending or shear modulus of elasticity. Use the following formula to obtain the value:
G
m
G = E
2(m + 1)
E
Poisson coefficient 1
2G
R/HB The tensile load and hardness are indicatively bound to each other and this relationship may be calculated as follows:
R (N/mm2) = K HB
K = 3.3
Galvanic Material for chrome or zinc-plating should have the following conditions:
treatments
Si% + 2.5 P% < 0,09 and P% max 0.015
Tk Temperature Kelvin
Conversion from C to K K = C + 273.15
228 Part three Technical tables
X factor Used as per the J factor. The values in the formula and the result are expressed in p.p.m. (0.001% = 10 ppm).
Recommended value 15 max.
(10P + 4Sn + 5Sb + As)
100
Pcm Figure shows that the steel can crack after welding. The advised max value is 0.20 max.
Jominy Test used to determine the depth of hardening in steels, from which a curve is obtained showing hardness against dis-
tance from hardened surface. In practice, it is used to find out the hardness trend in pieces hardened with industrial tech-
niques. The test is carried out on a sample obtained from the product of a particular cast which is heated in a special fur-
nace until reaching the austenitization temperature and then quenched by a water spray, in order to achieve controlled
cooling propagation along the sample axis. The sample must undergo normalization treatment before the test.
A series of hardness tests is then carried out from the hardened surface (HRC), starting from 1 mm and usually reaching
50 mm, in order to obtain the decreasing curve.
Certain empirical formulae can be used to construct a curve with the help of chemical elements. The result does not have the same precision
as that obtained with the real test. E.g. coefficients for 42CrMo4 steel.
J 1.5 = (27.7) + (71 x C%) + (0 Si%) + (0.3 Mn%) + (0 P%) + (0 S%) + (0.5 Cr%) + (0.7 Mo%) + (0.4 Ni%) +
+ (0 Al%) + (0 Cu%) + (20 N%) = HRC
If agreed at the time of ordering the manufacturer has the option to verify the hardenability by means of calculation EN 10083-3 (10.3.2).
J constant C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Al Cu N
1.5 27.7 71 0 0.3 0 0 0.50 0.7 0.4 0 0 20
3 27.0 67 0 0.5 0 0 1.15 1.3 0.5 24 0 50
5 24.0 65 0 0.8 0 0 3.50 4.0 0.5 25 0 0
7 23.0 62 0 1.0 0 0 3.80 8,0 0 25 0 0
9 20.0 61 5 0.4 0 0 4.00 9.0 0 23 0 0
11 13.0 60 9 0 0 0 6.50 12 2 35 4 0
13 8.5 58 5 4.0 0 0 8.0 15 0 40 4 0
15 3.0 58 7 6.0 0 0 8.2 15 0 55 4 0
20 0 58 4.9 4.5 24 0 10.5 16 0 50 3 0
25 3 55 0 5.2 31 0 12.3 14.8 0 55 4.5 0
30 5 53 0.3 5.5 32 0 13.3 11.5 0 60 4.5 0
35 7 49 0.5 6.2 28 0 14.3 9.5 0.2 68 4.5 0
40 8 47 1.0 7.0 20 0 15.0 7.5 0.4 70 3.0 0
45 8.5 44 1.0 7.0 30 0 16.0 5.5 0.4 72 3.5 0
50 9 41 1.1 9.0 40 0 16.0 0.5 0.4 75 5.0 0
J = hardness at a distance of mm. Other methods may be obtained from standard ASTM A 255 and SEP 1664.
Part three Technical tables 229
100 mm
25 mm mm
0 11 25 35 50 60 80 100
860
0 11 25 35 50 60 80 mm 810
760
705
austenite + 640
austenite + ferrite
pearlite
585
530
475
365
255
martensite 80%
+ ferrite - bainite
time
230 Part three Technical tables
*Obsolete units.
Residual magnetism
1 T (tesia) = 104 G (gauss)
1 Oe (oersted) = 1 G
1 Oe = 79.5775 A/m (ampere/m)
1 A/m = 1.257 102 Oe
1 A/cm = 1.257 Oe
Part three Technical tables 231
Technological tests
Type of Test Description
Reference Standard
Chemical analysis Quantometric analysis of carbon and alloy steels
EN ISO 14284
Inclusion content Assessment of non-metallic inclusions
UNI ENV 10247 DIN 50602
Decarburizing Measurement of depth of surface decarburizing
UNI 4839
Hardness Brinell Vickers Rockwell hardness tests
EN ISO 6506 ASTM A 370
Macrographic examination To highlight internal segregations and defects
UNI 3138
Micrographic examination Interpretation and evaluation of structure
UNI 3137
Ferrite Calculation of ferrite content in stainless steels
ASTM E 562
Photo view examination B/W photos in 10 x 15 cm format
Austenitic grain Calculation of grain size
EN ISO 643 ASTM E 112
Baumann print Assessment of sulphur distribution
ISO 4968
Wragge print Assessment of lead distribution
UNI 5683
Jominy Calculation of hardness values in HRC
EN ISO 642
Bending test Bending at 90 and above
UNI 564 ASTM A 370
Impact strength Ambient temperature test
EN 10045/1 ASTM A 370
Impact strength Impact strength test from 0 C to 180 C
EN 10045/1
Tensile tests Tension at ambient temperature Calculation of Rp 0.2, Rm, A%, Z%-C%. Use of extensimeter
EN 10002/1 ASTM A 370
Tensile tests Rapid tension up to 900 C. Calculation of Rp 0.2, Rm, A%, Z%
EN 10002/5
Equivalences
J kgm ft.lb. J kgm ft.lb. J kgm ft.lb. J kgm ft.lb.
2 0.20 1.48 36 3.67 26.55 70 7.14 51.63 108 11.01 79.66
4 0.41 2.95 38 3.87 28.03 72 7.34 53.10 112 11.42 82.61
6 0.61 4.43 40 4.08 29.50 74 7.55 54.58 116 11.83 85.56
8 0.82 5.90 42 4.28 30.98 76 7.75 56.05 120 12.24 88.51
10 1.02 7.38 44 4.49 32.45 78 7.95 57.53 124 12.64 91.46
12 1.22 8.85 46 4.69 33.93 80 8.16 59.00 128 13.05 94.41
14 1.43 10.33 48 4.89 35.40 82 8.36 60.48 132 13.46 97.36
16 1.63 11.80 50 5.10 36.88 84 8.57 61.96 136 13.87 100.31
18 1.84 13.28 52 5.30 38.35 86 8.77 63.43 140 14.28 103.26
20 2.04 14.75 54 5.51 39.83 88 8.97 64.91 144 14.68 106.21
22 2.24 16.23 56 5.71 41.30 90 9.18 66.38 148 15.09 109.16
24 2.45 17.70 58 5.91 42.78 92 9.38 67.86 152 15.50 112.11
26 2.65 19.18 60 6.12 44.25 94 9.59 69.33 156 15.91 115.06
28 2.86 20.65 62 6.32 45.73 96 9.79 70.81 160 13.62 118.01
30 3.06 22.13 64 6.53 47.20 98 9.99 72.28 164 16.72 120.95
32 3.26 23.60 66 6.73 48.68 100 10.20 73.76 168 17.13 123.91
34 3.47 25.08 68 6.93 50.15 104 10.60 76.71 172 17.53 126.86
Part three Technical tables 233
Resilience
When sub-size specimens are permitted or necessary, or both, modify the specified test requirement according to Table A and B
Greater energies or lower test temperatures may be agreed between purchaser and supplier.
Table A Charpy V-notch test acceptance criteria for various sub-size specimens (ASTM A 370)
Full size 10 10 mm Size 10 7.5 Size 10 6.7 Size 10 5 Size 10 3.3 Size 10 2.5
mm mm mm mm mm
J J J J J J
54 41 37 27 18 14
48 35 31 24 16 12
41 30 27 20 14 11
34 26 23 16 11 8
27 20 18 14 10 7
22 16 15 11 7 5
20 15 14 11 7 5
18 14 12 8 5 4
16 12 11 8 5 4
14 11 10 7 4 3
10 7 7 5 3 3
Table B Impact temperature reduction (ASTM A 333) When impact strengths are required at a temperature less than 20 C and the
material does not have sufficient thickness to obtain standard test pieces of 1010 mm, apply the temperature reductions of table B.
Full size 10 10 Size 10 7.5 Size 10 6.7 Size 10 5 Size 10 3.3 Size 10 2.5
mm mm mm mm mm mm
0 C 3 C 5 C 11 C 19 C 28 C
Values shown in bold fall outside the ASTM table but they are still reliable. Values shown in italics are due to passage from table 2 to table 3
of ASTM A 370.
Part three Technical tables 235
a) The cold deformation in stainless steels created by the print may alter the hardness values. Even a variation in the of just a few hundredths